Mercurial > dwindows
comparison os2/dw.c @ 212:f2d1e231922e
Added code to deal with the PAGE and LINE messages for the scrollbars on
OS/2.
author | bsmith@81767d24-ef19-dc11-ae90-00e081727c95 |
---|---|
date | Sat, 01 Feb 2003 18:40:49 +0000 |
parents | b9c7b762c104 |
children | d84054c1d587 |
comparison
equal
deleted
inserted
replaced
211:e57c182cac64 | 212:f2d1e231922e |
---|---|
1 /* | 1 (binary file text/plain, hash: 5a29765181830a223b36f0728aaec8329144f22a) |
2 * Dynamic Windows: | |
3 * A GTK like implementation of the PM GUI | |
4 * | |
5 * (C) 2000-2002 Brian Smith <dbsoft@technologist.com> | |
6 * (C) 2000 Achim Hasenmueller <achimha@innotek.de> | |
7 * (C) 2000 Peter Nielsen <peter@pmview.com> | |
8 * (C) 1998 Sergey I. Yevtushenko (some code borrowed from cell toolkit) | |
9 * | |
10 */ | |
11 #define INCL_DOS | |
12 #define INCL_DOSERRORS | |
13 #define INCL_WIN | |
14 #define INCL_GPI | |
15 | |
16 #include <os2.h> | |
17 #include <stdlib.h> | |
18 #include <string.h> | |
19 #include <stdio.h> | |
20 #include <stdarg.h> | |
21 #include <stddef.h> | |
22 #include <ctype.h> | |
23 #include <process.h> | |
24 #include <time.h> | |
25 #ifndef __EMX__ | |
26 #include <direct.h> | |
27 #endif | |
28 #include "dw.h" | |
29 | |
30 #define QWP_USER 0 | |
31 | |
32 MRESULT EXPENTRY _run_event(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2); | |
33 void _do_resize(Box *thisbox, int x, int y); | |
34 void _handle_splitbar_resize(HWND hwnd, float percent, int type, int x, int y); | |
35 | |
36 char ClassName[] = "dynamicwindows"; | |
37 char SplitbarClassName[] = "dwsplitbar"; | |
38 char DefaultFont[] = "9.WarpSans"; | |
39 | |
40 HAB dwhab = 0; | |
41 HMQ dwhmq = 0; | |
42 DWTID _dwtid = 0; | |
43 LONG _foreground = 0xAAAAAA, _background = 0; | |
44 | |
45 HWND hwndBubble = NULLHANDLE, hwndBubbleLast = NULLHANDLE, hwndEmph = NULLHANDLE; | |
46 PRECORDCORE pCore = NULL, pCoreEmph = NULL; | |
47 ULONG aulBuffer[4]; | |
48 HWND lasthcnr = 0, lastitem = 0, popup = 0, desktop; | |
49 | |
50 #define IS_WARP4() (aulBuffer[0] == 20 && aulBuffer[1] >= 40) | |
51 | |
52 #ifndef min | |
53 #define min(a, b) (((a < b) ? a : b)) | |
54 #endif | |
55 | |
56 typedef struct _sighandler | |
57 { | |
58 struct _sighandler *next; | |
59 ULONG message; | |
60 HWND window; | |
61 int id; | |
62 void *signalfunction; | |
63 void *data; | |
64 | |
65 } SignalHandler; | |
66 | |
67 SignalHandler *Root = NULL; | |
68 | |
69 typedef struct | |
70 { | |
71 ULONG message; | |
72 char name[30]; | |
73 | |
74 } SignalList; | |
75 | |
76 /* List of signals and their equivilent OS/2 message */ | |
77 #define SIGNALMAX 15 | |
78 | |
79 SignalList SignalTranslate[SIGNALMAX] = { | |
80 { WM_SIZE, "configure_event" }, | |
81 { WM_CHAR, "key_press_event" }, | |
82 { WM_BUTTON1DOWN, "button_press_event" }, | |
83 { WM_BUTTON1UP, "button_release_event"}, | |
84 { WM_MOUSEMOVE, "motion_notify_event" }, | |
85 { WM_CLOSE, "delete_event" }, | |
86 { WM_PAINT, "expose_event" }, | |
87 { WM_COMMAND, "clicked" }, | |
88 { CN_ENTER, "container-select" }, | |
89 { CN_CONTEXTMENU, "container-context" }, | |
90 { LN_SELECT, "item-select" }, | |
91 { CN_EMPHASIS, "tree-select" }, | |
92 { WM_SETFOCUS, "set-focus" }, | |
93 { WM_USER+1, "lose-focus" }, | |
94 { SLN_SLIDERTRACK, "value_changed" } | |
95 }; | |
96 | |
97 /* This function adds a signal handler callback into the linked list. | |
98 */ | |
99 void _new_signal(ULONG message, HWND window, int id, void *signalfunction, void *data) | |
100 { | |
101 SignalHandler *new = malloc(sizeof(SignalHandler)); | |
102 | |
103 if(message == WM_COMMAND) | |
104 dw_signal_disconnect_by_window(window); | |
105 | |
106 new->message = message; | |
107 new->window = window; | |
108 new->id = id; | |
109 new->signalfunction = signalfunction; | |
110 new->data = data; | |
111 new->next = NULL; | |
112 | |
113 if (!Root) | |
114 Root = new; | |
115 else | |
116 { | |
117 SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root; | |
118 while(tmp) | |
119 { | |
120 if(tmp->message == message && | |
121 tmp->window == window && | |
122 tmp->signalfunction == signalfunction) | |
123 { | |
124 tmp->data = data; | |
125 free(new); | |
126 return; | |
127 } | |
128 prev = tmp; | |
129 tmp = tmp->next; | |
130 } | |
131 if(prev) | |
132 prev->next = new; | |
133 else | |
134 Root = new; | |
135 } | |
136 } | |
137 | |
138 /* Finds the message number for a given signal name */ | |
139 ULONG _findsigmessage(char *signame) | |
140 { | |
141 int z; | |
142 | |
143 for(z=0;z<SIGNALMAX;z++) | |
144 { | |
145 if(stricmp(signame, SignalTranslate[z].name) == 0) | |
146 return SignalTranslate[z].message; | |
147 } | |
148 return 0L; | |
149 } | |
150 | |
151 typedef struct _CNRITEM | |
152 { | |
153 MINIRECORDCORE rc; | |
154 HPOINTER hptrIcon; | |
155 PVOID user; | |
156 | |
157 } CNRITEM, *PCNRITEM; | |
158 | |
159 | |
160 int _null_key(HWND window, int key, void *data) | |
161 { | |
162 return TRUE; | |
163 } | |
164 | |
165 /* Find the desktop window handle */ | |
166 HWND _toplevel_window(HWND handle) | |
167 { | |
168 HWND box, lastbox = WinQueryWindow(handle, QW_PARENT); | |
169 | |
170 /* Find the toplevel window */ | |
171 while((box = WinQueryWindow(lastbox, QW_PARENT)) != desktop && box > 0) | |
172 { | |
173 lastbox = box; | |
174 } | |
175 if(box > 0) | |
176 return lastbox; | |
177 return handle; | |
178 } | |
179 | |
180 /* Return the entryfield child of a window */ | |
181 HWND _find_entryfield(HWND handle) | |
182 { | |
183 HENUM henum; | |
184 HWND child, entry = 0; | |
185 | |
186 henum = WinBeginEnumWindows(handle); | |
187 while((child = WinGetNextWindow(henum)) != NULLHANDLE) | |
188 { | |
189 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
190 | |
191 WinQueryClassName(child, 99, tmpbuf); | |
192 | |
193 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 3)==0) /* Entryfield */ | |
194 { | |
195 entry = child; | |
196 break; | |
197 } | |
198 } | |
199 WinEndEnumWindows(henum); | |
200 return entry; | |
201 } | |
202 | |
203 /* This function changes the owner of buttons in to the | |
204 * dynamicwindows handle to fix a problem in notebooks. | |
205 */ | |
206 void _fix_button_owner(HWND handle, HWND dw) | |
207 { | |
208 HENUM henum; | |
209 HWND child; | |
210 | |
211 henum = WinBeginEnumWindows(handle); | |
212 while((child = WinGetNextWindow(henum)) != NULLHANDLE) | |
213 { | |
214 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
215 | |
216 WinQueryClassName(child, 99, tmpbuf); | |
217 | |
218 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#3", 3)==0 && dw) /* Button */ | |
219 WinSetOwner(child, dw); | |
220 else if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "dynamicwindows", 14) == 0) | |
221 dw = child; | |
222 | |
223 _fix_button_owner(child, dw); | |
224 } | |
225 WinEndEnumWindows(henum); | |
226 return; | |
227 } | |
228 | |
229 /* This function removes and handlers on windows and frees | |
230 * the user memory allocated to it. | |
231 */ | |
232 void _free_window_memory(HWND handle) | |
233 { | |
234 HENUM henum; | |
235 HWND child; | |
236 void *ptr = (void *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER); | |
237 | |
238 dw_signal_disconnect_by_window(handle); | |
239 | |
240 if((child = WinWindowFromID(handle, FID_CLIENT)) != NULLHANDLE) | |
241 { | |
242 Box *box = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(child, QWP_USER); | |
243 | |
244 if(box) | |
245 { | |
246 if(box->count && box->items) | |
247 free(box->items); | |
248 | |
249 WinSetWindowPtr(child, QWP_USER, 0); | |
250 free(box); | |
251 } | |
252 } | |
253 | |
254 if(ptr) | |
255 { | |
256 WindowData *wd = (WindowData *)ptr; | |
257 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
258 | |
259 WinQueryClassName(handle, 99, tmpbuf); | |
260 | |
261 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#1", 3)==0) | |
262 { | |
263 Box *box = (Box *)ptr; | |
264 | |
265 if(box->count && box->items) | |
266 free(box->items); | |
267 } | |
268 else if(strncmp(tmpbuf, SplitbarClassName, strlen(SplitbarClassName)+1)==0) | |
269 { | |
270 void *data = dw_window_get_data(handle, "_dw_percent"); | |
271 | |
272 if(data) | |
273 free(data); | |
274 } | |
275 | |
276 if(wd->oldproc) | |
277 WinSubclassWindow(handle, wd->oldproc); | |
278 | |
279 dw_window_set_data(handle, NULL, NULL); | |
280 WinSetWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER, 0); | |
281 free(ptr); | |
282 } | |
283 | |
284 henum = WinBeginEnumWindows(handle); | |
285 while((child = WinGetNextWindow(henum)) != NULLHANDLE) | |
286 _free_window_memory(child); | |
287 | |
288 WinEndEnumWindows(henum); | |
289 return; | |
290 } | |
291 | |
292 /* This function returns 1 if the window (widget) handle | |
293 * passed to it is a valid window that can gain input focus. | |
294 */ | |
295 int _validate_focus(HWND handle) | |
296 { | |
297 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
298 | |
299 if(!handle) | |
300 return 0; | |
301 | |
302 if(!WinIsWindowEnabled(handle) || dw_window_get_data(handle, "_dw_disabled")) | |
303 return 0; | |
304 | |
305 WinQueryClassName(handle, 99, tmpbuf); | |
306 | |
307 /* These are the window classes which can | |
308 * obtain input focus. | |
309 */ | |
310 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#2", 3)==0 || /* Combobox */ | |
311 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#3", 3)==0 || /* Button */ | |
312 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 3)==0 || /* Entryfield */ | |
313 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#7", 3)==0 || /* List box */ | |
314 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#10", 4)==0 || /* MLE */ | |
315 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#32", 4)==0 || /* Spinbutton */ | |
316 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#37", 4)==0 || /* Container */ | |
317 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#38", 4)== 0) /* Slider */ | |
318 return 1; | |
319 return 0; | |
320 } | |
321 | |
322 int _focus_check_box(Box *box, HWND handle, int start, HWND defaultitem) | |
323 { | |
324 int z; | |
325 static HWND lasthwnd, firsthwnd; | |
326 static int finish_searching; | |
327 | |
328 /* Start is 2 when we have cycled completely and | |
329 * need to set the focus to the last widget we found | |
330 * that was valid. | |
331 */ | |
332 if(start == 2) | |
333 { | |
334 if(lasthwnd) | |
335 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, lasthwnd); | |
336 return 0; | |
337 } | |
338 | |
339 /* Start is 1 when we are entering the function | |
340 * for the first time, it is zero when entering | |
341 * the function recursively. | |
342 */ | |
343 if(start == 1) | |
344 { | |
345 lasthwnd = handle; | |
346 finish_searching = 0; | |
347 firsthwnd = 0; | |
348 } | |
349 | |
350 /* Vertical boxes are inverted on OS/2 */ | |
351 if(box->type == BOXVERT) | |
352 { | |
353 for(z=0;z<box->count;z++) | |
354 { | |
355 if(box->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | |
356 { | |
357 Box *thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER); | |
358 | |
359 if(thisbox && _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0, defaultitem)) | |
360 return 1; | |
361 } | |
362 else | |
363 { | |
364 if(box->items[z].hwnd == handle) | |
365 { | |
366 if(lasthwnd == handle && firsthwnd) | |
367 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, firsthwnd); | |
368 else if(lasthwnd == handle && !firsthwnd) | |
369 finish_searching = 1; | |
370 else | |
371 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, lasthwnd); | |
372 | |
373 /* If we aren't looking for the last handle, | |
374 * return immediately. | |
375 */ | |
376 if(!finish_searching) | |
377 return 1; | |
378 } | |
379 if(_validate_focus(box->items[z].hwnd)) | |
380 { | |
381 /* Start is 3 when we are looking for the | |
382 * first valid item in the layout. | |
383 */ | |
384 if(start == 3) | |
385 { | |
386 if(!defaultitem || (defaultitem && defaultitem == box->items[z].hwnd)) | |
387 { | |
388 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, box->items[z].hwnd); | |
389 return 1; | |
390 } | |
391 } | |
392 | |
393 if(!firsthwnd) | |
394 firsthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd; | |
395 | |
396 lasthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd; | |
397 } | |
398 else | |
399 { | |
400 char tmpbuf[100] = ""; | |
401 | |
402 WinQueryClassName(box->items[z].hwnd, 99, tmpbuf); | |
403 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, SplitbarClassName, strlen(SplitbarClassName)+1)==0) | |
404 { | |
405 /* Then try the bottom or right box */ | |
406 HWND mybox = (HWND)dw_window_get_data(box->items[z].hwnd, "_dw_bottomright"); | |
407 | |
408 if(mybox) | |
409 { | |
410 Box *splitbox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(mybox, QWP_USER); | |
411 | |
412 if(splitbox && _focus_check_box(splitbox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0, defaultitem)) | |
413 return 1; | |
414 } | |
415 | |
416 /* Try the top or left box */ | |
417 mybox = (HWND)dw_window_get_data(box->items[z].hwnd, "_dw_topleft"); | |
418 | |
419 if(mybox) | |
420 { | |
421 Box *splitbox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(mybox, QWP_USER); | |
422 | |
423 if(splitbox && _focus_check_box(splitbox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0, defaultitem)) | |
424 return 1; | |
425 } | |
426 } | |
427 else if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#40", 4)==0) /* Notebook */ | |
428 { | |
429 Box *notebox; | |
430 HWND page = (HWND)WinSendMsg(box->items[z].hwnd, BKM_QUERYPAGEWINDOWHWND, | |
431 (MPARAM)dw_notebook_page_query(box->items[z].hwnd), 0); | |
432 | |
433 if(page) | |
434 { | |
435 notebox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(page, QWP_USER); | |
436 | |
437 if(notebox && _focus_check_box(notebox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0, defaultitem)) | |
438 return 1; | |
439 } | |
440 } | |
441 } | |
442 } | |
443 } | |
444 } | |
445 else | |
446 { | |
447 for(z=box->count-1;z>-1;z--) | |
448 { | |
449 if(box->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | |
450 { | |
451 Box *thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER); | |
452 | |
453 if(thisbox && _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0, defaultitem)) | |
454 return 1; | |
455 } | |
456 else | |
457 { | |
458 if(box->items[z].hwnd == handle) | |
459 { | |
460 if(lasthwnd == handle && firsthwnd) | |
461 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, firsthwnd); | |
462 else if(lasthwnd == handle && !firsthwnd) | |
463 finish_searching = 1; | |
464 else | |
465 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, lasthwnd); | |
466 | |
467 /* If we aren't looking for the last handle, | |
468 * return immediately. | |
469 */ | |
470 if(!finish_searching) | |
471 return 1; | |
472 } | |
473 if(_validate_focus(box->items[z].hwnd)) | |
474 { | |
475 /* Start is 3 when we are looking for the | |
476 * first valid item in the layout. | |
477 */ | |
478 if(start == 3) | |
479 { | |
480 if(!defaultitem || (defaultitem && defaultitem == box->items[z].hwnd)) | |
481 { | |
482 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, box->items[z].hwnd); | |
483 return 1; | |
484 } | |
485 } | |
486 | |
487 if(!firsthwnd) | |
488 firsthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd; | |
489 | |
490 lasthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd; | |
491 } | |
492 else | |
493 { | |
494 char tmpbuf[100] = ""; | |
495 | |
496 WinQueryClassName(box->items[z].hwnd, 99, tmpbuf); | |
497 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#40", 4)==0) /* Notebook */ | |
498 { | |
499 Box *notebox; | |
500 HWND page = (HWND)WinSendMsg(box->items[z].hwnd, BKM_QUERYPAGEWINDOWHWND, | |
501 (MPARAM)dw_notebook_page_query(box->items[z].hwnd), 0); | |
502 | |
503 if(page) | |
504 { | |
505 notebox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(page, QWP_USER); | |
506 | |
507 if(notebox && _focus_check_box(notebox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0, defaultitem)) | |
508 return 1; | |
509 } | |
510 } | |
511 } | |
512 } | |
513 } | |
514 } | |
515 return 0; | |
516 } | |
517 | |
518 int _focus_check_box_back(Box *box, HWND handle, int start, HWND defaultitem) | |
519 { | |
520 int z; | |
521 static HWND lasthwnd, firsthwnd; | |
522 static int finish_searching; | |
523 | |
524 /* Start is 2 when we have cycled completely and | |
525 * need to set the focus to the last widget we found | |
526 * that was valid. | |
527 */ | |
528 if(start == 2) | |
529 { | |
530 if(lasthwnd) | |
531 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, lasthwnd); | |
532 return 0; | |
533 } | |
534 | |
535 /* Start is 1 when we are entering the function | |
536 * for the first time, it is zero when entering | |
537 * the function recursively. | |
538 */ | |
539 if(start == 1) | |
540 { | |
541 lasthwnd = handle; | |
542 finish_searching = 0; | |
543 firsthwnd = 0; | |
544 } | |
545 | |
546 /* Vertical boxes are inverted on OS/2 */ | |
547 if(box->type == BOXVERT) | |
548 { | |
549 for(z=box->count-1;z>-1;z--) | |
550 { | |
551 if(box->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | |
552 { | |
553 Box *thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER); | |
554 | |
555 if(thisbox && _focus_check_box_back(thisbox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0, defaultitem)) | |
556 return 1; | |
557 } | |
558 else | |
559 { | |
560 if(box->items[z].hwnd == handle) | |
561 { | |
562 if(lasthwnd == handle && firsthwnd) | |
563 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, firsthwnd); | |
564 else if(lasthwnd == handle && !firsthwnd) | |
565 finish_searching = 1; | |
566 else | |
567 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, lasthwnd); | |
568 | |
569 /* If we aren't looking for the last handle, | |
570 * return immediately. | |
571 */ | |
572 if(!finish_searching) | |
573 return 1; | |
574 } | |
575 if(_validate_focus(box->items[z].hwnd)) | |
576 { | |
577 /* Start is 3 when we are looking for the | |
578 * first valid item in the layout. | |
579 */ | |
580 if(start == 3) | |
581 { | |
582 if(!defaultitem || (defaultitem && defaultitem == box->items[z].hwnd)) | |
583 { | |
584 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, box->items[z].hwnd); | |
585 return 1; | |
586 } | |
587 } | |
588 | |
589 if(!firsthwnd) | |
590 firsthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd; | |
591 | |
592 lasthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd; | |
593 } | |
594 else | |
595 { | |
596 char tmpbuf[100] = ""; | |
597 | |
598 WinQueryClassName(box->items[z].hwnd, 99, tmpbuf); | |
599 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#40", 4)==0) /* Notebook */ | |
600 { | |
601 Box *notebox; | |
602 HWND page = (HWND)WinSendMsg(box->items[z].hwnd, BKM_QUERYPAGEWINDOWHWND, | |
603 (MPARAM)dw_notebook_page_query(box->items[z].hwnd), 0); | |
604 | |
605 if(page) | |
606 { | |
607 notebox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(page, QWP_USER); | |
608 | |
609 if(notebox && _focus_check_box_back(notebox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0, defaultitem)) | |
610 return 1; | |
611 } | |
612 } | |
613 } | |
614 } | |
615 } | |
616 } | |
617 else | |
618 { | |
619 for(z=0;z<box->count;z++) | |
620 { | |
621 if(box->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | |
622 { | |
623 Box *thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER); | |
624 | |
625 if(thisbox && _focus_check_box_back(thisbox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0, defaultitem)) | |
626 return 1; | |
627 } | |
628 else | |
629 { | |
630 if(box->items[z].hwnd == handle) | |
631 { | |
632 if(lasthwnd == handle && firsthwnd) | |
633 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, firsthwnd); | |
634 else if(lasthwnd == handle && !firsthwnd) | |
635 finish_searching = 1; | |
636 else | |
637 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, lasthwnd); | |
638 | |
639 /* If we aren't looking for the last handle, | |
640 * return immediately. | |
641 */ | |
642 if(!finish_searching) | |
643 return 1; | |
644 } | |
645 if(_validate_focus(box->items[z].hwnd)) | |
646 { | |
647 /* Start is 3 when we are looking for the | |
648 * first valid item in the layout. | |
649 */ | |
650 if(start == 3) | |
651 { | |
652 if(!defaultitem || (defaultitem && defaultitem == box->items[z].hwnd)) | |
653 { | |
654 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, box->items[z].hwnd); | |
655 return 1; | |
656 } | |
657 } | |
658 | |
659 if(!firsthwnd) | |
660 firsthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd; | |
661 | |
662 lasthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd; | |
663 } | |
664 else | |
665 { | |
666 char tmpbuf[100] = ""; | |
667 | |
668 WinQueryClassName(box->items[z].hwnd, 99, tmpbuf); | |
669 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#40", 4)==0) /* Notebook */ | |
670 { | |
671 Box *notebox; | |
672 HWND page = (HWND)WinSendMsg(box->items[z].hwnd, BKM_QUERYPAGEWINDOWHWND, | |
673 (MPARAM)dw_notebook_page_query(box->items[z].hwnd), 0); | |
674 | |
675 if(page) | |
676 { | |
677 notebox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(page, QWP_USER); | |
678 | |
679 if(notebox && _focus_check_box_back(notebox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0, defaultitem)) | |
680 return 1; | |
681 } | |
682 } | |
683 } | |
684 } | |
685 } | |
686 } | |
687 return 0; | |
688 } | |
689 | |
690 /* This function finds the first widget in the | |
691 * layout and moves the current focus to it. | |
692 */ | |
693 int _initial_focus(HWND handle) | |
694 { | |
695 Box *thisbox = NULL; | |
696 HWND box; | |
697 | |
698 box = WinWindowFromID(handle, FID_CLIENT); | |
699 if(box) | |
700 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
701 else | |
702 return 1; | |
703 | |
704 if(thisbox) | |
705 _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 3, thisbox->defaultitem); | |
706 return 0; | |
707 } | |
708 | |
709 /* This function finds the current widget in the | |
710 * layout and moves the current focus to the next item. | |
711 */ | |
712 void _shift_focus(HWND handle) | |
713 { | |
714 Box *thisbox; | |
715 HWND box, lastbox = _toplevel_window(handle); | |
716 | |
717 box = WinWindowFromID(lastbox, FID_CLIENT); | |
718 if(box) | |
719 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
720 else | |
721 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(lastbox, QWP_USER); | |
722 | |
723 if(thisbox) | |
724 { | |
725 if(_focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 1, 0) == 0) | |
726 _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 2, 0); | |
727 } | |
728 } | |
729 | |
730 /* This function finds the current widget in the | |
731 * layout and moves the current focus to the next item. | |
732 */ | |
733 void _shift_focus_back(HWND handle) | |
734 { | |
735 Box *thisbox; | |
736 HWND box, lastbox = _toplevel_window(handle); | |
737 | |
738 box = WinWindowFromID(lastbox, FID_CLIENT); | |
739 if(box) | |
740 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
741 else | |
742 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(lastbox, QWP_USER); | |
743 | |
744 if(thisbox) | |
745 { | |
746 if(_focus_check_box_back(thisbox, handle, 1, 0) == 0) | |
747 _focus_check_box_back(thisbox, handle, 2, 0); | |
748 } | |
749 } | |
750 | |
751 /* This function will recursively search a box and add up the total height of it */ | |
752 void _count_size(HWND box, int type, int *xsize, int *xorigsize) | |
753 { | |
754 int size = 0, origsize = 0, z; | |
755 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
756 | |
757 if(!tmp) | |
758 { | |
759 *xsize = *xorigsize = 0; | |
760 return; | |
761 } | |
762 | |
763 if(type == tmp->type) | |
764 { | |
765 /* If the box is going in the direction we want, then we | |
766 * return the entire sum of the items. | |
767 */ | |
768 for(z=0;z<tmp->count;z++) | |
769 { | |
770 if(tmp->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | |
771 { | |
772 int s, os; | |
773 | |
774 _count_size(tmp->items[z].hwnd, type, &s, &os); | |
775 size += s; | |
776 origsize += os; | |
777 } | |
778 else | |
779 { | |
780 size += (type == BOXHORZ ? tmp->items[z].width : tmp->items[z].height); | |
781 origsize += (type == BOXHORZ ? tmp->items[z].origwidth : tmp->items[z].origheight); | |
782 } | |
783 } | |
784 } | |
785 else | |
786 { | |
787 /* If the box is not going in the direction we want, then we only | |
788 * want to return the maximum value. | |
789 */ | |
790 int tmpsize = 0, tmporigsize = 0; | |
791 | |
792 for(z=0;z<tmp->count;z++) | |
793 { | |
794 if(tmp->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | |
795 _count_size(tmp->items[z].hwnd, type, &tmpsize, &tmporigsize); | |
796 else | |
797 { | |
798 tmpsize = (type == BOXHORZ ? tmp->items[z].width : tmp->items[z].height); | |
799 tmporigsize = (type == BOXHORZ ? tmp->items[z].origwidth : tmp->items[z].origheight); | |
800 } | |
801 | |
802 if(tmpsize > size) | |
803 size = tmpsize; | |
804 } | |
805 } | |
806 | |
807 *xsize = size; | |
808 *xorigsize = origsize; | |
809 } | |
810 | |
811 | |
812 /* Function: TrackRectangle | |
813 * Abstract: Tracks given rectangle. | |
814 * | |
815 * If rclBounds is NULL, then track rectangle on entire desktop. | |
816 * rclTrack is in window coorditates and will be mapped to | |
817 * desktop. | |
818 */ | |
819 | |
820 BOOL _TrackRectangle(HWND hwndBase, RECTL* rclTrack, RECTL* rclBounds) | |
821 { | |
822 TRACKINFO track; | |
823 APIRET rc; | |
824 | |
825 track.cxBorder = 1; | |
826 track.cyBorder = 1; | |
827 track.cxGrid = 1; | |
828 track.cyGrid = 1; | |
829 track.cxKeyboard = 8; | |
830 track.cyKeyboard = 8; | |
831 | |
832 if(!rclTrack) | |
833 return FALSE; | |
834 | |
835 if(rclBounds) | |
836 { | |
837 track.rclBoundary = *rclBounds; | |
838 } | |
839 else | |
840 { | |
841 track.rclBoundary.yTop = | |
842 track.rclBoundary.xRight = 3000; | |
843 track.rclBoundary.yBottom = | |
844 track.rclBoundary.xLeft = -3000; | |
845 } | |
846 | |
847 track.rclTrack = *rclTrack; | |
848 | |
849 WinMapWindowPoints(hwndBase, | |
850 HWND_DESKTOP, | |
851 (PPOINTL)&track.rclTrack, | |
852 2); | |
853 | |
854 track.ptlMinTrackSize.x = track.rclTrack.xRight | |
855 - track.rclTrack.xLeft; | |
856 track.ptlMinTrackSize.y = track.rclTrack.yTop | |
857 - track.rclTrack.yBottom; | |
858 track.ptlMaxTrackSize.x = track.rclTrack.xRight | |
859 - track.rclTrack.xLeft; | |
860 track.ptlMaxTrackSize.y = track.rclTrack.yTop | |
861 - track.rclTrack.yBottom; | |
862 | |
863 track.fs = TF_MOVE | TF_ALLINBOUNDARY; | |
864 | |
865 rc = WinTrackRect(HWND_DESKTOP, 0, &track); | |
866 | |
867 if(rc) | |
868 *rclTrack = track.rclTrack; | |
869 | |
870 return rc; | |
871 } | |
872 | |
873 void _check_resize_notebook(HWND hwnd) | |
874 { | |
875 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
876 | |
877 WinQueryClassName(hwnd, 99, tmpbuf); | |
878 | |
879 /* If we have a notebook we resize the page again. */ | |
880 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#40", 4)==0) | |
881 { | |
882 unsigned long x, y, width, height; | |
883 ULONG page = (ULONG)WinSendMsg(hwnd, BKM_QUERYPAGEID, 0, MPFROM2SHORT(BKA_FIRST, BKA_MAJOR)); | |
884 | |
885 while(page) | |
886 { | |
887 HWND pagehwnd = (HWND)WinSendMsg(hwnd, BKM_QUERYPAGEWINDOWHWND, MPFROMLONG(page), 0); | |
888 RECTL rc; | |
889 | |
890 Box *pagebox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(pagehwnd, QWP_USER); | |
891 if(pagebox) | |
892 { | |
893 dw_window_get_pos_size(hwnd, &x, &y, &width, &height); | |
894 | |
895 rc.xLeft = x; | |
896 rc.yBottom = y; | |
897 rc.xRight = x + width; | |
898 rc.yTop = y + height; | |
899 | |
900 WinSendMsg(hwnd, BKM_CALCPAGERECT, (MPARAM)&rc, (MPARAM)TRUE); | |
901 | |
902 _do_resize(pagebox, rc.xRight - rc.xLeft, rc.yTop - rc.yBottom); | |
903 } | |
904 page = (ULONG)WinSendMsg(hwnd, BKM_QUERYPAGEID, (MPARAM)page, MPFROM2SHORT(BKA_NEXT, BKA_MAJOR)); | |
905 } | |
906 | |
907 } | |
908 } | |
909 | |
910 /* Return the OS/2 color from the DW color */ | |
911 unsigned long _internal_color(unsigned long color) | |
912 { | |
913 if(color == DW_CLR_BLACK) | |
914 return CLR_BLACK; | |
915 if(color == DW_CLR_WHITE) | |
916 return CLR_WHITE; | |
917 return color; | |
918 } | |
919 | |
920 /* This function calculates how much space the widgets and boxes require | |
921 * and does expansion as necessary. | |
922 */ | |
923 int _resize_box(Box *thisbox, int *depth, int x, int y, int *usedx, int *usedy, | |
924 int pass, int *usedpadx, int *usedpady) | |
925 { | |
926 int z, currentx = 0, currenty = 0; | |
927 int uymax = 0, uxmax = 0; | |
928 int upymax = 0, upxmax = 0; | |
929 /* Used for the SIZEEXPAND */ | |
930 int nux = *usedx, nuy = *usedy; | |
931 int nupx = *usedpadx, nupy = *usedpady; | |
932 | |
933 (*usedx) += (thisbox->pad * 2); | |
934 (*usedy) += (thisbox->pad * 2); | |
935 | |
936 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) | |
937 { | |
938 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | |
939 { | |
940 int initialx, initialy; | |
941 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER); | |
942 | |
943 initialx = x - (*usedx); | |
944 initialy = y - (*usedy); | |
945 | |
946 if(tmp) | |
947 { | |
948 int newx, newy; | |
949 int nux = *usedx, nuy = *usedy; | |
950 int upx = *usedpadx + (tmp->pad*2), upy = *usedpady + (tmp->pad*2); | |
951 | |
952 /* On the second pass we know how big the box needs to be and how | |
953 * much space we have, so we can calculate a ratio for the new box. | |
954 */ | |
955 if(pass == 2) | |
956 { | |
957 int deep = *depth + 1; | |
958 | |
959 _resize_box(tmp, &deep, x, y, &nux, &nuy, 1, &upx, &upy); | |
960 | |
961 tmp->upx = upx - *usedpadx; | |
962 tmp->upy = upy - *usedpady; | |
963 | |
964 newx = x - nux; | |
965 newy = y - nuy; | |
966 | |
967 tmp->width = thisbox->items[z].width = initialx - newx; | |
968 tmp->height = thisbox->items[z].height = initialy - newy; | |
969 | |
970 tmp->parentxratio = thisbox->xratio; | |
971 tmp->parentyratio = thisbox->yratio; | |
972 | |
973 tmp->parentpad = tmp->pad; | |
974 | |
975 /* Just in case */ | |
976 tmp->xratio = thisbox->xratio; | |
977 tmp->yratio = thisbox->yratio; | |
978 | |
979 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT) | |
980 { | |
981 if((thisbox->items[z].width-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2)))!=0) | |
982 tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].width-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2)))); | |
983 } | |
984 else | |
985 { | |
986 if((thisbox->items[z].width-tmp->upx)!=0) | |
987 tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-tmp->upx))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].width-tmp->upx)); | |
988 } | |
989 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | |
990 { | |
991 if((thisbox->items[z].height-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2)))!=0) | |
992 tmp->yratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].height * thisbox->yratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].height-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2)))); | |
993 } | |
994 else | |
995 { | |
996 if((thisbox->items[z].height-tmp->upy)!=0) | |
997 tmp->yratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].height * thisbox->yratio)-tmp->upy))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].height-tmp->upy)); | |
998 } | |
999 | |
1000 nux = *usedx; nuy = *usedy; | |
1001 upx = *usedpadx + (tmp->pad*2); upy = *usedpady + (tmp->pad*2); | |
1002 } | |
1003 | |
1004 (*depth)++; | |
1005 | |
1006 _resize_box(tmp, depth, x, y, &nux, &nuy, pass, &upx, &upy); | |
1007 | |
1008 (*depth)--; | |
1009 | |
1010 newx = x - nux; | |
1011 newy = y - nuy; | |
1012 | |
1013 tmp->minwidth = thisbox->items[z].width = initialx - newx; | |
1014 tmp->minheight = thisbox->items[z].height = initialy - newy; | |
1015 } | |
1016 } | |
1017 | |
1018 if(pass > 1 && *depth > 0) | |
1019 { | |
1020 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT) | |
1021 { | |
1022 if((thisbox->minwidth-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2))) == 0) | |
1023 thisbox->items[z].xratio = 1.0; | |
1024 else | |
1025 thisbox->items[z].xratio = ((float)((thisbox->width * thisbox->parentxratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->minwidth-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2)))); | |
1026 } | |
1027 else | |
1028 { | |
1029 if(thisbox->minwidth-thisbox->upx == 0) | |
1030 thisbox->items[z].xratio = 1.0; | |
1031 else | |
1032 thisbox->items[z].xratio = ((float)((thisbox->width * thisbox->parentxratio)-thisbox->upx))/((float)(thisbox->minwidth-thisbox->upx)); | |
1033 } | |
1034 | |
1035 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | |
1036 { | |
1037 if((thisbox->minheight-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2))) == 0) | |
1038 thisbox->items[z].yratio = 1.0; | |
1039 else | |
1040 thisbox->items[z].yratio = ((float)((thisbox->height * thisbox->parentyratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->minheight-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->parentpad*2)))); | |
1041 } | |
1042 else | |
1043 { | |
1044 if(thisbox->minheight-thisbox->upy == 0) | |
1045 thisbox->items[z].yratio = 1.0; | |
1046 else | |
1047 thisbox->items[z].yratio = ((float)((thisbox->height * thisbox->parentyratio)-thisbox->upy))/((float)(thisbox->minheight-thisbox->upy)); | |
1048 } | |
1049 | |
1050 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | |
1051 { | |
1052 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER); | |
1053 | |
1054 if(tmp) | |
1055 { | |
1056 tmp->parentxratio = thisbox->items[z].xratio; | |
1057 tmp->parentyratio = thisbox->items[z].yratio; | |
1058 } | |
1059 } | |
1060 } | |
1061 else | |
1062 { | |
1063 thisbox->items[z].xratio = thisbox->xratio; | |
1064 thisbox->items[z].yratio = thisbox->yratio; | |
1065 } | |
1066 | |
1067 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT) | |
1068 { | |
1069 if((thisbox->items[z].width + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2)) > uxmax) | |
1070 uxmax = (thisbox->items[z].width + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2)); | |
1071 if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZEEXPAND) | |
1072 { | |
1073 if(((thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].width) > upxmax) | |
1074 upxmax = (thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].width; | |
1075 } | |
1076 else | |
1077 { | |
1078 if(thisbox->items[z].pad*2 > upxmax) | |
1079 upxmax = thisbox->items[z].pad*2; | |
1080 } | |
1081 } | |
1082 else | |
1083 { | |
1084 if(thisbox->items[z].width == -1) | |
1085 { | |
1086 /* figure out how much space this item requires */ | |
1087 /* thisbox->items[z].width = */ | |
1088 } | |
1089 else | |
1090 { | |
1091 (*usedx) += thisbox->items[z].width + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2); | |
1092 if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZEEXPAND) | |
1093 (*usedpadx) += (thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].width; | |
1094 else | |
1095 (*usedpadx) += thisbox->items[z].pad*2; | |
1096 } | |
1097 } | |
1098 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | |
1099 { | |
1100 if((thisbox->items[z].height + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2)) > uymax) | |
1101 uymax = (thisbox->items[z].height + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2)); | |
1102 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZEEXPAND) | |
1103 { | |
1104 if(((thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].height) > upymax) | |
1105 upymax = (thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].height; | |
1106 } | |
1107 else | |
1108 { | |
1109 if(thisbox->items[z].pad*2 > upymax) | |
1110 upymax = thisbox->items[z].pad*2; | |
1111 } | |
1112 } | |
1113 else | |
1114 { | |
1115 if(thisbox->items[z].height == -1) | |
1116 { | |
1117 /* figure out how much space this item requires */ | |
1118 /* thisbox->items[z].height = */ | |
1119 } | |
1120 else | |
1121 { | |
1122 (*usedy) += thisbox->items[z].height + (thisbox->items[z].pad*2); | |
1123 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZEEXPAND) | |
1124 (*usedpady) += (thisbox->items[z].pad*2) + thisbox->items[z].height; | |
1125 else | |
1126 (*usedpady) += thisbox->items[z].pad*2; | |
1127 } | |
1128 } | |
1129 } | |
1130 | |
1131 (*usedx) += uxmax; | |
1132 (*usedy) += uymax; | |
1133 (*usedpadx) += upxmax; | |
1134 (*usedpady) += upymax; | |
1135 | |
1136 currentx += thisbox->pad; | |
1137 currenty += thisbox->pad; | |
1138 | |
1139 /* The second pass is for expansion and actual placement. */ | |
1140 if(pass > 1) | |
1141 { | |
1142 /* Any SIZEEXPAND items should be set to uxmax/uymax */ | |
1143 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) | |
1144 { | |
1145 if(thisbox->items[z].hsize == SIZEEXPAND && thisbox->type == BOXVERT) | |
1146 thisbox->items[z].width = uxmax-(thisbox->items[z].pad*2); | |
1147 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize == SIZEEXPAND && thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | |
1148 thisbox->items[z].height = uymax-(thisbox->items[z].pad*2); | |
1149 /* Run this code segment again to finalize the sized after setting uxmax/uymax values. */ | |
1150 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | |
1151 { | |
1152 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER); | |
1153 | |
1154 if(tmp) | |
1155 { | |
1156 if(*depth > 0) | |
1157 { | |
1158 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT) | |
1159 { | |
1160 tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->pad*2))))/((float)(tmp->minwidth-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->pad*2)))); | |
1161 tmp->width = thisbox->items[z].width; | |
1162 } | |
1163 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | |
1164 { | |
1165 tmp->yratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].height * thisbox->yratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->pad*2))))/((float)(tmp->minheight-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(thisbox->pad*2)))); | |
1166 tmp->height = thisbox->items[z].height; | |
1167 } | |
1168 } | |
1169 | |
1170 (*depth)++; | |
1171 | |
1172 _resize_box(tmp, depth, x, y, &nux, &nuy, 3, &nupx, &nupy); | |
1173 | |
1174 (*depth)--; | |
1175 | |
1176 } | |
1177 } | |
1178 } | |
1179 | |
1180 for(z=0;z<(thisbox->count);z++) | |
1181 { | |
1182 int height = thisbox->items[z].height; | |
1183 int width = thisbox->items[z].width; | |
1184 int pad = thisbox->items[z].pad; | |
1185 HWND handle = thisbox->items[z].hwnd; | |
1186 int vectorx, vectory; | |
1187 | |
1188 /* When upxmax != pad*2 then ratios are incorrect. */ | |
1189 vectorx = (int)((width*thisbox->items[z].xratio)-width); | |
1190 vectory = (int)((height*thisbox->items[z].yratio)-height); | |
1191 | |
1192 if(width > 0 && height > 0) | |
1193 { | |
1194 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
1195 /* This is a hack to fix rounding of the sizing */ | |
1196 if(*depth == 0) | |
1197 { | |
1198 vectorx++; | |
1199 vectory++; | |
1200 } | |
1201 | |
1202 /* If this item isn't going to expand... reset the vectors to 0 */ | |
1203 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZEEXPAND) | |
1204 vectory = 0; | |
1205 if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZEEXPAND) | |
1206 vectorx = 0; | |
1207 | |
1208 WinQueryClassName(handle, 99, tmpbuf); | |
1209 | |
1210 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#2", 3)==0) | |
1211 { | |
1212 /* Make the combobox big enough to drop down. :) */ | |
1213 WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, currentx + pad, (currenty + pad) - 100, | |
1214 width + vectorx, (height + vectory) + 100, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_ZORDER); | |
1215 } | |
1216 else if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 3)==0) | |
1217 { | |
1218 /* Entryfields on OS/2 have a thick border that isn't on Windows and GTK */ | |
1219 WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, (currentx + pad) + 3, (currenty + pad) + 3, | |
1220 (width + vectorx) - 6, (height + vectory) - 6, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_ZORDER); | |
1221 } | |
1222 else if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#40", 5)==0) | |
1223 { | |
1224 WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, currentx + pad, currenty + pad, | |
1225 width + vectorx, height + vectory, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_ZORDER); | |
1226 _check_resize_notebook(handle); | |
1227 } | |
1228 else if(strncmp(tmpbuf, SplitbarClassName, strlen(SplitbarClassName)+1)==0) | |
1229 { | |
1230 /* Then try the bottom or right box */ | |
1231 float *percent = (float *)dw_window_get_data(handle, "_dw_percent"); | |
1232 int type = (int)dw_window_get_data(handle, "_dw_type"); | |
1233 int cx = width + vectorx; | |
1234 int cy = height + vectory; | |
1235 | |
1236 WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, currentx + pad, currenty + pad, | |
1237 cx, cy, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_ZORDER); | |
1238 | |
1239 if(cx > 0 && cy > 0 && percent) | |
1240 _handle_splitbar_resize(handle, *percent, type, cx, cy); | |
1241 } | |
1242 else | |
1243 { | |
1244 WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, currentx + pad, currenty + pad, | |
1245 width + vectorx, height + vectory, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_ZORDER); | |
1246 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | |
1247 { | |
1248 Box *boxinfo = WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER); | |
1249 | |
1250 if(boxinfo && boxinfo->grouphwnd) | |
1251 WinSetWindowPos(boxinfo->grouphwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, | |
1252 width + vectorx, height + vectory, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE); | |
1253 | |
1254 } | |
1255 | |
1256 } | |
1257 | |
1258 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | |
1259 currentx += width + vectorx + (pad * 2); | |
1260 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT) | |
1261 currenty += height + vectory + (pad * 2); | |
1262 } | |
1263 } | |
1264 } | |
1265 return 0; | |
1266 } | |
1267 | |
1268 void _do_resize(Box *thisbox, int x, int y) | |
1269 { | |
1270 if(x != 0 && y != 0) | |
1271 { | |
1272 if(thisbox) | |
1273 { | |
1274 int usedx = 0, usedy = 0, usedpadx = 0, usedpady = 0, depth = 0; | |
1275 | |
1276 _resize_box(thisbox, &depth, x, y, &usedx, &usedy, 1, &usedpadx, &usedpady); | |
1277 | |
1278 if(usedx-usedpadx == 0 || usedy-usedpady == 0) | |
1279 return; | |
1280 | |
1281 thisbox->xratio = ((float)(x-usedpadx))/((float)(usedx-usedpadx)); | |
1282 thisbox->yratio = ((float)(y-usedpady))/((float)(usedy-usedpady)); | |
1283 | |
1284 usedx = usedy = usedpadx = usedpady = depth = 0; | |
1285 | |
1286 _resize_box(thisbox, &depth, x, y, &usedx, &usedy, 2, &usedpadx, &usedpady); | |
1287 } | |
1288 } | |
1289 } | |
1290 | |
1291 /* This procedure handles WM_QUERYTRACKINFO requests from the frame */ | |
1292 MRESULT EXPENTRY _sizeproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
1293 { | |
1294 PFNWP *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | |
1295 Box *thisbox = NULL; | |
1296 HWND box; | |
1297 | |
1298 box = WinWindowFromID(hWnd, FID_CLIENT); | |
1299 if(box) | |
1300 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
1301 | |
1302 if(thisbox && !thisbox->titlebar) | |
1303 { | |
1304 switch(msg) | |
1305 { | |
1306 case WM_QUERYTRACKINFO: | |
1307 { | |
1308 if(blah && *blah) | |
1309 { | |
1310 PTRACKINFO ptInfo; | |
1311 int res; | |
1312 PFNWP myfunc = *blah; | |
1313 res = (int)myfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1314 | |
1315 ptInfo = (PTRACKINFO)(mp2); | |
1316 | |
1317 ptInfo->ptlMinTrackSize.y = 8; | |
1318 ptInfo->ptlMinTrackSize.x = 8; | |
1319 | |
1320 return (MRESULT)res; | |
1321 } | |
1322 } | |
1323 } | |
1324 } | |
1325 | |
1326 if(blah && *blah) | |
1327 { | |
1328 PFNWP myfunc = *blah; | |
1329 return myfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1330 } | |
1331 | |
1332 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1333 } | |
1334 | |
1335 void _Top(HPS hpsPaint, RECTL rclPaint) | |
1336 { | |
1337 POINTL ptl1, ptl2; | |
1338 | |
1339 ptl1.x = rclPaint.xLeft; | |
1340 ptl2.y = ptl1.y = rclPaint.yTop - 1; | |
1341 ptl2.x = rclPaint.xRight - 1; | |
1342 GpiMove(hpsPaint, &ptl1); | |
1343 GpiLine(hpsPaint, &ptl2); | |
1344 } | |
1345 | |
1346 /* Left hits the bottom */ | |
1347 void _Left(HPS hpsPaint, RECTL rclPaint) | |
1348 { | |
1349 POINTL ptl1, ptl2; | |
1350 | |
1351 ptl2.x = ptl1.x = rclPaint.xLeft; | |
1352 ptl1.y = rclPaint.yTop - 1; | |
1353 ptl2.y = rclPaint.yBottom; | |
1354 GpiMove(hpsPaint, &ptl1); | |
1355 GpiLine(hpsPaint, &ptl2); | |
1356 } | |
1357 | |
1358 void _Bottom(HPS hpsPaint, RECTL rclPaint) | |
1359 { | |
1360 POINTL ptl1, ptl2; | |
1361 | |
1362 ptl1.x = rclPaint.xRight - 1; | |
1363 ptl1.y = ptl2.y = rclPaint.yBottom; | |
1364 ptl2.x = rclPaint.xLeft; | |
1365 GpiMove(hpsPaint, &ptl1); | |
1366 GpiLine(hpsPaint, &ptl2); | |
1367 } | |
1368 | |
1369 /* Right hits the top */ | |
1370 void _Right(HPS hpsPaint, RECTL rclPaint) | |
1371 { | |
1372 POINTL ptl1, ptl2; | |
1373 | |
1374 ptl2.x = ptl1.x = rclPaint.xRight - 1; | |
1375 ptl1.y = rclPaint.yBottom + 1; | |
1376 ptl2.y = rclPaint.yTop - 1; | |
1377 GpiMove(hpsPaint, &ptl1); | |
1378 GpiLine(hpsPaint, &ptl2); | |
1379 } | |
1380 | |
1381 /* This procedure handles drawing of a status border */ | |
1382 MRESULT EXPENTRY _statusproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
1383 { | |
1384 PFNWP *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | |
1385 | |
1386 if(blah && *blah) | |
1387 { | |
1388 PFNWP myfunc = *blah; | |
1389 | |
1390 switch(msg) | |
1391 { | |
1392 case WM_PAINT: | |
1393 { | |
1394 HPS hpsPaint; | |
1395 RECTL rclPaint; | |
1396 char buf[1024]; | |
1397 | |
1398 hpsPaint = WinBeginPaint(hWnd, 0, 0); | |
1399 WinQueryWindowRect(hWnd, &rclPaint); | |
1400 WinFillRect(hpsPaint, &rclPaint, CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
1401 | |
1402 GpiSetColor(hpsPaint, CLR_DARKGRAY); | |
1403 _Top(hpsPaint, rclPaint); | |
1404 _Left(hpsPaint, rclPaint); | |
1405 | |
1406 GpiSetColor(hpsPaint, CLR_WHITE); | |
1407 _Right(hpsPaint, rclPaint); | |
1408 _Bottom(hpsPaint, rclPaint); | |
1409 | |
1410 WinQueryWindowText(hWnd, 1024, buf); | |
1411 rclPaint.xLeft += 3; | |
1412 rclPaint.xRight--; | |
1413 rclPaint.yTop--; | |
1414 rclPaint.yBottom++; | |
1415 | |
1416 GpiSetColor(hpsPaint, CLR_BLACK); | |
1417 WinDrawText(hpsPaint, -1, buf, &rclPaint, DT_TEXTATTRS, DT_TEXTATTRS, DT_VCENTER | DT_LEFT | DT_TEXTATTRS); | |
1418 WinEndPaint(hpsPaint); | |
1419 | |
1420 return (MRESULT)TRUE; | |
1421 } | |
1422 } | |
1423 return myfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1424 } | |
1425 | |
1426 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1427 } | |
1428 | |
1429 void _click_default(HWND handle) | |
1430 { | |
1431 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
1432 | |
1433 WinQueryClassName(handle, 99, tmpbuf); | |
1434 | |
1435 /* These are the window classes which can | |
1436 * obtain input focus. | |
1437 */ | |
1438 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#3", 3)==0) | |
1439 { | |
1440 /* Generate click on default item */ | |
1441 SignalHandler *tmp = Root; | |
1442 | |
1443 /* Find any callbacks for this function */ | |
1444 while(tmp) | |
1445 { | |
1446 if(tmp->message == WM_COMMAND) | |
1447 { | |
1448 int (*clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1449 | |
1450 /* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */ | |
1451 if(tmp->window == handle) | |
1452 { | |
1453 clickfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data); | |
1454 tmp = NULL; | |
1455 } | |
1456 } | |
1457 if(tmp) | |
1458 tmp= tmp->next; | |
1459 } | |
1460 } | |
1461 else | |
1462 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, handle); | |
1463 } | |
1464 | |
1465 #define ENTRY_CUT 1001 | |
1466 #define ENTRY_COPY 1002 | |
1467 #define ENTRY_PASTE 1003 | |
1468 #define ENTRY_UNDO 1004 | |
1469 #define ENTRY_SALL 1005 | |
1470 | |
1471 /* Originally just intended for entryfields, it now serves as a generic | |
1472 * procedure for handling TAB presses to change input focus on controls. | |
1473 */ | |
1474 MRESULT EXPENTRY _entryproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
1475 { | |
1476 WindowData *blah = (WindowData *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | |
1477 PFNWP oldproc = 0; | |
1478 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
1479 | |
1480 if(blah) | |
1481 oldproc = blah->oldproc; | |
1482 | |
1483 WinQueryClassName(hWnd, 99, tmpbuf); | |
1484 | |
1485 /* These are the window classes which should get a menu */ | |
1486 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#2", 3)==0 || /* Combobox */ | |
1487 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 3)==0 || /* Entryfield */ | |
1488 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#10", 4)==0 || /* MLE */ | |
1489 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#32", 4)==0) /* Spinbutton */ | |
1490 { | |
1491 switch(msg) | |
1492 { | |
1493 case WM_CONTEXTMENU: | |
1494 { | |
1495 HMENUI hwndMenu = dw_menu_new(0L); | |
1496 long x, y; | |
1497 | |
1498 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#10", 4)==0 && !WinSendMsg(hWnd, MLM_QUERYREADONLY, 0, 0)) | |
1499 { | |
1500 dw_menu_append_item(hwndMenu, "Undo", ENTRY_UNDO, 0L, TRUE, FALSE, 0L); | |
1501 dw_menu_append_item(hwndMenu, "", 0L, 0L, TRUE, FALSE, 0L); | |
1502 } | |
1503 dw_menu_append_item(hwndMenu, "Copy", ENTRY_COPY, 0L, TRUE, FALSE, 0L); | |
1504 if((strncmp(tmpbuf, "#10", 4)!=0 && !dw_window_get_data(hWnd, "_dw_disabled")) || (strncmp(tmpbuf, "#10", 4)==0 && !WinSendMsg(hWnd, MLM_QUERYREADONLY, 0, 0))) | |
1505 { | |
1506 dw_menu_append_item(hwndMenu, "Cut", ENTRY_CUT, 0L, TRUE, FALSE, 0L); | |
1507 dw_menu_append_item(hwndMenu, "Paste", ENTRY_PASTE, 0L, TRUE, FALSE, 0L); | |
1508 } | |
1509 dw_menu_append_item(hwndMenu, "", 0L, 0L, TRUE, FALSE, 0L); | |
1510 dw_menu_append_item(hwndMenu, "Select All", ENTRY_SALL, 0L, TRUE, FALSE, 0L); | |
1511 | |
1512 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, hWnd); | |
1513 dw_pointer_query_pos(&x, &y); | |
1514 dw_menu_popup(&hwndMenu, hWnd, x, y); | |
1515 } | |
1516 break; | |
1517 case WM_COMMAND: | |
1518 { | |
1519 ULONG command = COMMANDMSG(&msg)->cmd; | |
1520 | |
1521 /* MLE */ | |
1522 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#10", 4)==0) | |
1523 { | |
1524 switch(command) | |
1525 { | |
1526 case ENTRY_CUT: | |
1527 return WinSendMsg(hWnd, MLM_CUT, 0, 0); | |
1528 case ENTRY_COPY: | |
1529 return WinSendMsg(hWnd, MLM_COPY, 0, 0); | |
1530 case ENTRY_PASTE: | |
1531 return WinSendMsg(hWnd, MLM_PASTE, 0, 0); | |
1532 case ENTRY_UNDO: | |
1533 return WinSendMsg(hWnd, MLM_UNDO, 0, 0); | |
1534 case ENTRY_SALL: | |
1535 { | |
1536 ULONG len = (ULONG)WinSendMsg(hWnd, MLM_QUERYTEXTLENGTH, 0, 0); | |
1537 return WinSendMsg(hWnd, MLM_SETSEL, 0, (MPARAM)len); | |
1538 } | |
1539 } | |
1540 } | |
1541 else /* Other */ | |
1542 { | |
1543 HWND handle = hWnd; | |
1544 | |
1545 /* Get the entryfield handle from multi window controls */ | |
1546 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#2", 3)==0) | |
1547 handle = WinWindowFromID(hWnd, 667); | |
1548 | |
1549 if(handle) | |
1550 { | |
1551 switch(command) | |
1552 { | |
1553 case ENTRY_CUT: | |
1554 return WinSendMsg(handle, EM_CUT, 0, 0); | |
1555 case ENTRY_COPY: | |
1556 return WinSendMsg(handle, EM_COPY, 0, 0); | |
1557 case ENTRY_PASTE: | |
1558 return WinSendMsg(handle, EM_PASTE, 0, 0); | |
1559 case ENTRY_SALL: | |
1560 { | |
1561 LONG len = WinQueryWindowTextLength(hWnd); | |
1562 return WinSendMsg(hWnd, EM_SETSEL, MPFROM2SHORT(0, (SHORT)len), 0); | |
1563 } | |
1564 } | |
1565 } | |
1566 } | |
1567 } | |
1568 break; | |
1569 } | |
1570 } | |
1571 | |
1572 switch(msg) | |
1573 { | |
1574 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN: | |
1575 case WM_BUTTON2DOWN: | |
1576 case WM_BUTTON3DOWN: | |
1577 { | |
1578 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#32", 4)==0) | |
1579 _run_event(hWnd, WM_SETFOCUS, (MPARAM)FALSE, (MPARAM)TRUE); | |
1580 } | |
1581 break; | |
1582 case WM_CONTROL: | |
1583 { | |
1584 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#38", 4)==0) | |
1585 _run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1586 } | |
1587 break; | |
1588 case WM_SETFOCUS: | |
1589 _run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1590 break; | |
1591 case WM_CHAR: | |
1592 if(_run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2) == (MRESULT)TRUE) | |
1593 return (MRESULT)TRUE; | |
1594 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t') | |
1595 { | |
1596 if(CHARMSG(&msg)->fs & KC_SHIFT) | |
1597 _shift_focus_back(hWnd); | |
1598 else | |
1599 _shift_focus(hWnd); | |
1600 return FALSE; | |
1601 } | |
1602 else if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\r' && blah && blah->clickdefault) | |
1603 _click_default(blah->clickdefault); | |
1604 /* When you hit escape we get this value and the | |
1605 * window hangs for reasons unknown. (in an MLE) | |
1606 */ | |
1607 else if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == 283) | |
1608 return (MRESULT)TRUE; | |
1609 | |
1610 break; | |
1611 case WM_SIZE: | |
1612 { | |
1613 /* If it's a slider... make sure it shows the correct value */ | |
1614 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#38", 4)==0) | |
1615 WinPostMsg(hWnd, WM_USER+7, 0, 0); | |
1616 } | |
1617 break; | |
1618 case WM_USER+7: | |
1619 { | |
1620 int pos = (int)dw_window_get_data(hWnd, "_dw_slider_value"); | |
1621 WinSendMsg(hWnd, SLM_SETSLIDERINFO, MPFROM2SHORT(SMA_SLIDERARMPOSITION, SMA_INCREMENTVALUE), (MPARAM)pos); | |
1622 } | |
1623 break; | |
1624 } | |
1625 | |
1626 if(oldproc) | |
1627 return oldproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1628 | |
1629 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1630 } | |
1631 | |
1632 /* Deal with combobox specifics and enhancements */ | |
1633 MRESULT EXPENTRY _comboentryproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
1634 { | |
1635 WindowData *blah = (WindowData *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | |
1636 | |
1637 switch(msg) | |
1638 { | |
1639 case WM_CONTEXTMENU: | |
1640 case WM_COMMAND: | |
1641 return _entryproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1642 case WM_SETFOCUS: | |
1643 _run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1644 break; | |
1645 case WM_CHAR: | |
1646 if(_run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2) == (MRESULT)TRUE) | |
1647 return (MRESULT)TRUE; | |
1648 /* A Similar problem to the MLE, if ESC just return */ | |
1649 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == 283) | |
1650 return (MRESULT)TRUE; | |
1651 break; | |
1652 } | |
1653 | |
1654 if(blah && blah->oldproc) | |
1655 return blah->oldproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1656 | |
1657 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1658 } | |
1659 | |
1660 /* Enhance the standard OS/2 MLE control */ | |
1661 MRESULT EXPENTRY _mleproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
1662 { | |
1663 switch(msg) | |
1664 { | |
1665 case WM_VSCROLL: | |
1666 if(SHORT2FROMMP(mp2) == SB_SLIDERTRACK) | |
1667 { | |
1668 USHORT pos = SHORT1FROMMP(mp2); | |
1669 | |
1670 WinSendMsg(hWnd, msg, mp1, MPFROM2SHORT(pos, SB_SLIDERPOSITION)); | |
1671 } | |
1672 break; | |
1673 } | |
1674 return _entryproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1675 } | |
1676 | |
1677 /* Handle special messages for the spinbutton's entryfield */ | |
1678 MRESULT EXPENTRY _spinentryproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
1679 { | |
1680 WindowData *blah = (WindowData *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | |
1681 PFNWP oldproc = 0; | |
1682 | |
1683 if(blah) | |
1684 oldproc = blah->oldproc; | |
1685 | |
1686 switch(msg) | |
1687 { | |
1688 case WM_CONTEXTMENU: | |
1689 case WM_COMMAND: | |
1690 return _entryproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1691 } | |
1692 | |
1693 if(oldproc) | |
1694 return oldproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1695 | |
1696 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1697 } | |
1698 | |
1699 int _dw_int_pos(HWND hwnd) | |
1700 { | |
1701 int pos = (int)dw_window_get_data(hwnd, "_dw_percent_value"); | |
1702 int range = dw_percent_query_range(hwnd); | |
1703 float fpos = (float)pos; | |
1704 float frange = (float)range; | |
1705 float fnew = (fpos/1000.0)*frange; | |
1706 return (int)fnew; | |
1707 } | |
1708 | |
1709 void _dw_int_set(HWND hwnd, int pos) | |
1710 { | |
1711 int inew, range = dw_percent_query_range(hwnd); | |
1712 if(range) | |
1713 { | |
1714 float fpos = (float)pos; | |
1715 float frange = (float)range; | |
1716 float fnew = (fpos/frange)*1000.0; | |
1717 inew = (int)fnew; | |
1718 dw_window_set_data(hwnd, "_dw_percent_value", (void *)inew); | |
1719 } | |
1720 } | |
1721 | |
1722 /* Handle size changes in the percent class */ | |
1723 MRESULT EXPENTRY _percentproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
1724 { | |
1725 WindowData *blah = (WindowData *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | |
1726 PFNWP oldproc = 0; | |
1727 | |
1728 if(blah) | |
1729 oldproc = blah->oldproc; | |
1730 | |
1731 switch(msg) | |
1732 { | |
1733 case WM_SIZE: | |
1734 WinPostMsg(hWnd, WM_USER+7, 0, 0); | |
1735 break; | |
1736 case WM_USER+7: | |
1737 WinSendMsg(hWnd, SLM_SETSLIDERINFO, MPFROM2SHORT(SMA_SLIDERARMPOSITION,SMA_RANGEVALUE), (MPARAM)_dw_int_pos(hWnd)); | |
1738 break; | |
1739 } | |
1740 | |
1741 if(oldproc) | |
1742 return oldproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1743 | |
1744 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1745 } | |
1746 | |
1747 /* Handle correct painting of a combobox with the WS_CLIPCHILDREN | |
1748 * flag enabled, and also handle TABs to switch input focus. | |
1749 */ | |
1750 MRESULT EXPENTRY _comboproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
1751 { | |
1752 WindowData *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | |
1753 PFNWP oldproc = 0; | |
1754 | |
1755 if(blah) | |
1756 oldproc = blah->oldproc; | |
1757 | |
1758 switch(msg) | |
1759 { | |
1760 case WM_CHAR: | |
1761 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t') | |
1762 { | |
1763 if(CHARMSG(&msg)->fs & KC_SHIFT) | |
1764 _shift_focus_back(hWnd); | |
1765 else | |
1766 _shift_focus(hWnd); | |
1767 return FALSE; | |
1768 } | |
1769 else if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\r' && blah && blah->clickdefault) | |
1770 _click_default(blah->clickdefault); | |
1771 break; | |
1772 case WM_BUTTON1DBLCLK: | |
1773 case WM_BUTTON2DBLCLK: | |
1774 case WM_BUTTON3DBLCLK: | |
1775 if(dw_window_get_data(hWnd, "_dw_disabled")) | |
1776 return (MRESULT)TRUE; | |
1777 break; | |
1778 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN: | |
1779 case WM_BUTTON2DOWN: | |
1780 case WM_BUTTON3DOWN: | |
1781 if(_run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2) == (MRESULT)TRUE) | |
1782 return (MRESULT)TRUE; | |
1783 _run_event(hWnd, WM_SETFOCUS, (MPARAM)FALSE, (MPARAM)TRUE); | |
1784 break; | |
1785 case WM_SETFOCUS: | |
1786 _run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1787 break; | |
1788 case WM_PAINT: | |
1789 { | |
1790 HWND parent = WinQueryWindow(hWnd, QW_PARENT); | |
1791 ULONG bcol, av[32]; | |
1792 HPS hpsPaint; | |
1793 POINTL ptl; /* Add 6 because it has a thick border like the entryfield */ | |
1794 unsigned long width, height, thumbheight = WinQuerySysValue(HWND_DESKTOP, SV_CYVSCROLLARROW) + 6; | |
1795 | |
1796 WinQueryPresParam(parent, PP_BACKGROUNDCOLORINDEX, 0, &bcol, sizeof(ULONG), &av, QPF_ID1COLORINDEX | QPF_NOINHERIT); | |
1797 dw_window_get_pos_size(hWnd, 0, 0, &width, &height); | |
1798 | |
1799 hpsPaint = WinGetPS(hWnd); | |
1800 GpiSetColor(hpsPaint, CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
1801 | |
1802 ptl.x = 0; | |
1803 ptl.y = 0; | |
1804 GpiMove(hpsPaint, &ptl); | |
1805 | |
1806 ptl.x = width; | |
1807 ptl.y = height - thumbheight; | |
1808 GpiBox(hpsPaint, DRO_FILL, &ptl, 0, 0); | |
1809 | |
1810 WinReleasePS(hpsPaint); | |
1811 } | |
1812 break; | |
1813 } | |
1814 if(oldproc) | |
1815 return oldproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1816 | |
1817 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1818 } | |
1819 | |
1820 void _GetPPFont(HWND hwnd, char *buff) | |
1821 { | |
1822 ULONG AttrFound; | |
1823 BYTE AttrValue[128]; | |
1824 ULONG cbRetLen; | |
1825 | |
1826 cbRetLen = WinQueryPresParam(hwnd, | |
1827 PP_FONTNAMESIZE, | |
1828 0, | |
1829 &AttrFound, | |
1830 sizeof(AttrValue), | |
1831 &AttrValue, | |
1832 QPF_NOINHERIT); | |
1833 | |
1834 if(PP_FONTNAMESIZE == AttrFound && cbRetLen) | |
1835 { | |
1836 memcpy(buff, AttrValue, cbRetLen); | |
1837 } | |
1838 } | |
1839 | |
1840 /* Returns height of specified window. */ | |
1841 int _get_height(HWND handle) | |
1842 { | |
1843 unsigned long height; | |
1844 dw_window_get_pos_size(handle, NULL, NULL, NULL, &height); | |
1845 return (int)height; | |
1846 } | |
1847 | |
1848 /* Find the height of the frame a desktop style window is sitting on */ | |
1849 int _get_frame_height(HWND handle) | |
1850 { | |
1851 while(handle) | |
1852 { | |
1853 HWND client; | |
1854 if((client = WinWindowFromID(handle, FID_CLIENT)) != NULLHANDLE) | |
1855 { | |
1856 return _get_height(WinQueryWindow(handle, QW_PARENT)); | |
1857 } | |
1858 handle = WinQueryWindow(handle, QW_PARENT); | |
1859 } | |
1860 return dw_screen_height(); | |
1861 } | |
1862 | |
1863 MRESULT EXPENTRY _run_event(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
1864 { | |
1865 int result = -1; | |
1866 SignalHandler *tmp = Root; | |
1867 ULONG origmsg = msg; | |
1868 | |
1869 if(msg == WM_BUTTON2DOWN || msg == WM_BUTTON3DOWN) | |
1870 msg = WM_BUTTON1DOWN; | |
1871 if(msg == WM_BUTTON2UP || msg == WM_BUTTON3UP) | |
1872 msg = WM_BUTTON1UP; | |
1873 if(msg == WM_VSCROLL || msg == WM_HSCROLL) | |
1874 msg = WM_CONTROL; | |
1875 | |
1876 /* Find any callbacks for this function */ | |
1877 while(tmp) | |
1878 { | |
1879 if(tmp->message == msg || msg == WM_CONTROL || tmp->message == WM_USER+1) | |
1880 { | |
1881 switch(msg) | |
1882 { | |
1883 case WM_SETFOCUS: | |
1884 { | |
1885 if((mp2 && tmp->message == WM_SETFOCUS) || (!mp2 && tmp->message == WM_USER+1)) | |
1886 { | |
1887 int (* API setfocusfunc)(HWND, void *) = (int (* API)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1888 | |
1889 if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd) | |
1890 { | |
1891 result = setfocusfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data); | |
1892 tmp = NULL; | |
1893 } | |
1894 } | |
1895 } | |
1896 break; | |
1897 case WM_TIMER: | |
1898 { | |
1899 int (* API timerfunc)(void *) = (int (* API)(void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1900 if(tmp->id == (int)mp1) | |
1901 { | |
1902 if(!timerfunc(tmp->data)) | |
1903 dw_timer_disconnect(tmp->id); | |
1904 tmp = NULL; | |
1905 } | |
1906 result = 0; | |
1907 } | |
1908 break; | |
1909 case WM_SIZE: | |
1910 { | |
1911 int (* API sizefunc)(HWND, int, int, void *) = (int (* API)(HWND, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1912 | |
1913 if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd) | |
1914 { | |
1915 result = sizefunc(tmp->window, SHORT1FROMMP(mp2), SHORT2FROMMP(mp2), tmp->data); | |
1916 tmp = NULL; | |
1917 } | |
1918 } | |
1919 break; | |
1920 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN: | |
1921 { | |
1922 POINTS pts = (*((POINTS*)&mp1)); | |
1923 int (* API buttonfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (* API)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1924 | |
1925 if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd || WinQueryCapture(HWND_DESKTOP) == tmp->window) | |
1926 { | |
1927 int button = 0; | |
1928 | |
1929 switch(origmsg) | |
1930 { | |
1931 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN: | |
1932 button = 1; | |
1933 break; | |
1934 case WM_BUTTON2DOWN: | |
1935 button = 2; | |
1936 break; | |
1937 case WM_BUTTON3DOWN: | |
1938 button = 3; | |
1939 break; | |
1940 } | |
1941 | |
1942 result = buttonfunc(tmp->window, pts.x, _get_frame_height(tmp->window) - pts.y, button, tmp->data); | |
1943 tmp = NULL; | |
1944 } | |
1945 } | |
1946 break; | |
1947 case WM_BUTTON1UP: | |
1948 { | |
1949 POINTS pts = (*((POINTS*)&mp1)); | |
1950 int (* API buttonfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (* API)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1951 | |
1952 if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd || WinQueryCapture(HWND_DESKTOP) == tmp->window) | |
1953 { | |
1954 int button = 0; | |
1955 | |
1956 switch(origmsg) | |
1957 { | |
1958 case WM_BUTTON1UP: | |
1959 button = 1; | |
1960 break; | |
1961 case WM_BUTTON2UP: | |
1962 button = 2; | |
1963 break; | |
1964 case WM_BUTTON3UP: | |
1965 button = 3; | |
1966 break; | |
1967 } | |
1968 | |
1969 result = buttonfunc(tmp->window, pts.x, WinQueryWindow(tmp->window, QW_PARENT) == HWND_DESKTOP ? dw_screen_height() - pts.y : _get_height(tmp->window) - pts.y, button, tmp->data); | |
1970 tmp = NULL; | |
1971 } | |
1972 } | |
1973 break; | |
1974 case WM_MOUSEMOVE: | |
1975 { | |
1976 int (* API motionfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (* API)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1977 | |
1978 if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd || WinQueryCapture(HWND_DESKTOP) == tmp->window) | |
1979 { | |
1980 int keys = 0; | |
1981 SHORT x = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1), y = SHORT2FROMMP(mp1); | |
1982 | |
1983 if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP, VK_BUTTON1) & 0x8000) | |
1984 keys = DW_BUTTON1_MASK; | |
1985 if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP, VK_BUTTON2) & 0x8000) | |
1986 keys |= DW_BUTTON2_MASK; | |
1987 if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP, VK_BUTTON3) & 0x8000) | |
1988 keys |= DW_BUTTON3_MASK; | |
1989 | |
1990 result = motionfunc(tmp->window, x, _get_frame_height(tmp->window) - y, keys, tmp->data); | |
1991 tmp = NULL; | |
1992 } | |
1993 } | |
1994 break; | |
1995 case WM_CHAR: | |
1996 { | |
1997 int (* API keypressfunc)(HWND, int, void *) = (int (* API)(HWND, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1998 | |
1999 if(hWnd == tmp->window) | |
2000 { | |
2001 result = keypressfunc(tmp->window, SHORT1FROMMP(mp2), tmp->data); | |
2002 tmp = NULL; | |
2003 } | |
2004 } | |
2005 break; | |
2006 case WM_CLOSE: | |
2007 { | |
2008 int (* API closefunc)(HWND, void *) = (int (* API)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
2009 | |
2010 if(hWnd == tmp->window || hWnd == WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT)) | |
2011 { | |
2012 result = closefunc(tmp->window, tmp->data); | |
2013 if(result) | |
2014 result = FALSE; | |
2015 tmp = NULL; | |
2016 } | |
2017 } | |
2018 break; | |
2019 case WM_PAINT: | |
2020 { | |
2021 HPS hps; | |
2022 DWExpose exp; | |
2023 int (* API exposefunc)(HWND, DWExpose *, void *) = (int (* API)(HWND, DWExpose *, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
2024 RECTL rc; | |
2025 | |
2026 if(hWnd == tmp->window) | |
2027 { | |
2028 int height = _get_height(hWnd); | |
2029 | |
2030 hps = WinBeginPaint(hWnd, 0L, &rc); | |
2031 exp.x = rc.xLeft; | |
2032 exp.y = height - rc.yTop - 1; | |
2033 exp.width = rc.xRight - rc. xLeft; | |
2034 exp.height = rc.yTop - rc.yBottom; | |
2035 result = exposefunc(hWnd, &exp, tmp->data); | |
2036 WinEndPaint(hps); | |
2037 } | |
2038 } | |
2039 break; | |
2040 case WM_COMMAND: | |
2041 { | |
2042 int (* API clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = (int (* API)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
2043 ULONG command = COMMANDMSG(&msg)->cmd; | |
2044 | |
2045 if(tmp->window < 65536 && command == tmp->window) | |
2046 { | |
2047 result = clickfunc(popup ? popup : tmp->window, tmp->data); | |
2048 tmp = NULL; | |
2049 } | |
2050 } | |
2051 break; | |
2052 case WM_CONTROL: | |
2053 if(origmsg == WM_VSCROLL || origmsg == WM_HSCROLL || tmp->message == SHORT2FROMMP(mp1) || | |
2054 (tmp->message == SLN_SLIDERTRACK && SHORT2FROMMP(mp1) == SLN_CHANGE)) | |
2055 { | |
2056 int svar = SLN_SLIDERTRACK; | |
2057 if(origmsg == WM_CONTROL) | |
2058 svar = SHORT2FROMMP(mp1); | |
2059 | |
2060 switch(svar) | |
2061 { | |
2062 case CN_ENTER: | |
2063 { | |
2064 int (* API containerselectfunc)(HWND, char *, void *) = (int (* API)(HWND, char *, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
2065 int id = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1); | |
2066 HWND conthwnd = dw_window_from_id(hWnd, id); | |
2067 char *text = NULL; | |
2068 | |
2069 if(mp2) | |
2070 { | |
2071 PRECORDCORE pre; | |
2072 | |
2073 pre = ((PNOTIFYRECORDENTER)mp2)->pRecord; | |
2074 if(pre) | |
2075 text = pre->pszIcon; | |
2076 } | |
2077 | |
2078 if(tmp->window == conthwnd) | |
2079 { | |
2080 result = containerselectfunc(tmp->window, text, tmp->data); | |
2081 tmp = NULL; | |
2082 } | |
2083 } | |
2084 break; | |
2085 case CN_CONTEXTMENU: | |
2086 { | |
2087 int (* API containercontextfunc)(HWND, char *, int, int, void *, void *) = (int (* API)(HWND, char *, int, int, void *, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
2088 int id = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1); | |
2089 HWND conthwnd = dw_window_from_id(hWnd, id); | |
2090 char *text = NULL; | |
2091 void *user = NULL; | |
2092 LONG x,y; | |
2093 | |
2094 if(mp2) | |
2095 { | |
2096 PCNRITEM pci; | |
2097 | |
2098 pci = (PCNRITEM)mp2; | |
2099 | |
2100 text = pci->rc.pszIcon; | |
2101 user = pci->user; | |
2102 } | |
2103 | |
2104 dw_pointer_query_pos(&x, &y); | |
2105 | |
2106 if(tmp->window == conthwnd) | |
2107 { | |
2108 int container = (int)dw_window_get_data(tmp->window, "_dw_container"); | |
2109 | |
2110 if(mp2) | |
2111 { | |
2112 if(!container) | |
2113 { | |
2114 NOTIFYRECORDEMPHASIS pre; | |
2115 | |
2116 dw_tree_item_select(tmp->window, (HWND)mp2); | |
2117 pre.pRecord = mp2; | |
2118 pre.fEmphasisMask = CRA_CURSORED; | |
2119 pre.hwndCnr = tmp->window; | |
2120 _run_event(hWnd, WM_CONTROL, MPFROM2SHORT(0, CN_EMPHASIS), (MPARAM)&pre); | |
2121 pre.pRecord->flRecordAttr |= CRA_CURSORED; | |
2122 } | |
2123 else | |
2124 { | |
2125 hwndEmph = tmp->window; | |
2126 pCoreEmph = mp2; | |
2127 WinSendMsg(tmp->window, CM_SETRECORDEMPHASIS, mp2, MPFROM2SHORT(TRUE, CRA_SOURCE)); | |
2128 } | |
2129 } | |
2130 result = containercontextfunc(tmp->window, text, x, y, tmp->data, user); | |
2131 tmp = NULL; | |
2132 } | |
2133 } | |
2134 break; | |
2135 case CN_EMPHASIS: | |
2136 { | |
2137 PNOTIFYRECORDEMPHASIS pre = (PNOTIFYRECORDEMPHASIS)mp2; | |
2138 static int emph_recurse = 0; | |
2139 | |
2140 if(!emph_recurse) | |
2141 { | |
2142 emph_recurse = 1; | |
2143 | |
2144 if(mp2) | |
2145 { | |
2146 if(tmp->window == pre->hwndCnr) | |
2147 { | |
2148 PCNRITEM pci = (PCNRITEM)pre->pRecord; | |
2149 | |
2150 if(pci && pre->fEmphasisMask & CRA_CURSORED && (pci->rc.flRecordAttr & CRA_CURSORED)) | |
2151 { | |
2152 if(dw_window_get_data(tmp->window, "_dw_container")) | |
2153 { | |
2154 int (* API containerselectfunc)(HWND, char *, void *) = (int (* API)(HWND, char *, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
2155 | |
2156 result = containerselectfunc(tmp->window, pci->rc.pszIcon, tmp->data); | |
2157 } | |
2158 else | |
2159 { | |
2160 int (* API treeselectfunc)(HWND, HWND, char *, void *, void *) = (int (* API)(HWND, HWND, char *, void *, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
2161 | |
2162 if(lasthcnr == tmp->window && lastitem == (HWND)pci) | |
2163 { | |
2164 lasthcnr = 0; | |
2165 lastitem = 0; | |
2166 } | |
2167 else | |
2168 { | |
2169 lasthcnr = tmp->window; | |
2170 lastitem = (HWND)pci; | |
2171 result = treeselectfunc(tmp->window, (HWND)pci, pci->rc.pszIcon, pci->user, tmp->data); | |
2172 } | |
2173 } | |
2174 tmp = NULL; | |
2175 } | |
2176 } | |
2177 } | |
2178 emph_recurse = 0; | |
2179 } | |
2180 } | |
2181 break; | |
2182 case LN_SELECT: | |
2183 { | |
2184 char classbuf[100]; | |
2185 | |
2186 WinQueryClassName(tmp->window, 99, classbuf); | |
2187 | |
2188 if(strncmp(classbuf, "#38", 4) == 0) | |
2189 { | |
2190 int (* API valuechangedfunc)(HWND, int, void *) = (int (* API)(HWND, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
2191 | |
2192 if(tmp->window == hWnd || WinQueryWindow(tmp->window, QW_PARENT) == hWnd) | |
2193 { | |
2194 static int lastvalue = -1; | |
2195 static HWND lasthwnd = NULLHANDLE; | |
2196 int ulValue = (int)WinSendMsg(tmp->window, SLM_QUERYSLIDERINFO, MPFROM2SHORT(SMA_SLIDERARMPOSITION, SMA_INCREMENTVALUE), 0); | |
2197 if(lastvalue != ulValue || lasthwnd != tmp->window) | |
2198 { | |
2199 result = valuechangedfunc(tmp->window, ulValue, tmp->data); | |
2200 lastvalue = ulValue; | |
2201 lasthwnd = tmp->window; | |
2202 } | |
2203 tmp = NULL; | |
2204 } | |
2205 } | |
2206 else | |
2207 { | |
2208 int (* API listboxselectfunc)(HWND, int, void *) = (int (* API )(HWND, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
2209 int id = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1); | |
2210 HWND conthwnd = dw_window_from_id(hWnd, id); | |
2211 static int _recursing = 0; | |
2212 | |
2213 if(_recursing == 0 && (tmp->window == conthwnd || (!id && tmp->window == (HWND)mp2))) | |
2214 { | |
2215 char buf1[500]; | |
2216 unsigned int index = dw_listbox_selected(tmp->window); | |
2217 | |
2218 dw_listbox_query_text(tmp->window, index, buf1, 500); | |
2219 | |
2220 _recursing = 1; | |
2221 | |
2222 if(id && strncmp(classbuf, "#2", 3)==0) | |
2223 { | |
2224 char *buf2; | |
2225 | |
2226 buf2 = dw_window_get_text(tmp->window); | |
2227 | |
2228 /* This is to make sure the listboxselect function doesn't | |
2229 * get called if the user is modifying the entry text. | |
2230 */ | |
2231 if(buf2 && *buf2 && *buf1 && strncmp(buf1, buf2, 500) == 0) | |
2232 result = listboxselectfunc(tmp->window, index, tmp->data); | |
2233 | |
2234 if(buf2) | |
2235 free(buf2); | |
2236 } | |
2237 else | |
2238 result = listboxselectfunc(tmp->window, index, tmp->data); | |
2239 | |
2240 _recursing = 0; | |
2241 tmp = NULL; | |
2242 } | |
2243 } | |
2244 } | |
2245 break; | |
2246 case SLN_SLIDERTRACK: | |
2247 { | |
2248 int (* API valuechangedfunc)(HWND, int, void *) = (int (* API)(HWND, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
2249 | |
2250 if(origmsg == WM_CONTROL) | |
2251 { | |
2252 /* Handle Slider control */ | |
2253 if(tmp->window == hWnd || WinQueryWindow(tmp->window, QW_PARENT) == hWnd) | |
2254 { | |
2255 static int lastvalue = -1; | |
2256 static HWND lasthwnd = NULLHANDLE; | |
2257 int ulValue = (int)WinSendMsg(tmp->window, SLM_QUERYSLIDERINFO, MPFROM2SHORT(SMA_SLIDERARMPOSITION, SMA_INCREMENTVALUE), 0); | |
2258 if(lastvalue != ulValue || lasthwnd != tmp->window) | |
2259 { | |
2260 dw_window_set_data(tmp->window, "_dw_slider_value", (void *)ulValue); | |
2261 result = valuechangedfunc(tmp->window, ulValue, tmp->data); | |
2262 lastvalue = ulValue; | |
2263 lasthwnd = tmp->window; | |
2264 } | |
2265 tmp = NULL; | |
2266 } | |
2267 } | |
2268 else | |
2269 { | |
2270 /* Handle scrollbar control */ | |
2271 if(tmp->window > 65535 && tmp->window == WinWindowFromID(hWnd, (ULONG)mp1)) | |
2272 { | |
2273 int pos = (int) SHORT1FROMMP(mp2); | |
2274 | |
2275 dw_window_set_data(tmp->window, "_dw_scrollbar_value", (void *)pos); | |
2276 result = valuechangedfunc(tmp->window, pos, tmp->data); | |
2277 tmp = NULL; | |
2278 } | |
2279 } | |
2280 } | |
2281 | |
2282 break; | |
2283 } | |
2284 } | |
2285 break; | |
2286 } | |
2287 } | |
2288 | |
2289 if(tmp) | |
2290 tmp = tmp->next; | |
2291 | |
2292 } | |
2293 return (MRESULT)result; | |
2294 } | |
2295 | |
2296 /* Handles control messages sent to the box (owner). */ | |
2297 MRESULT EXPENTRY _controlproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
2298 { | |
2299 Box *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | |
2300 | |
2301 switch(msg) | |
2302 { | |
2303 case WM_VSCROLL: | |
2304 case WM_HSCROLL: | |
2305 case WM_CONTROL: | |
2306 _run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2307 break; | |
2308 } | |
2309 | |
2310 if(blah && blah->oldproc) | |
2311 return blah->oldproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2312 | |
2313 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2314 } | |
2315 | |
2316 /* The main window procedure for Dynamic Windows, all the resizing code is done here. */ | |
2317 MRESULT EXPENTRY _wndproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
2318 { | |
2319 int result = -1; | |
2320 static int command_active = 0; | |
2321 void (* API windowfunc)(PVOID) = 0L; | |
2322 | |
2323 if(!command_active) | |
2324 { | |
2325 /* Make sure we don't end up in infinite recursion */ | |
2326 command_active = 1; | |
2327 | |
2328 result = (int)_run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2329 | |
2330 command_active = 0; | |
2331 } | |
2332 | |
2333 /* Now that any handlers are done... do normal processing */ | |
2334 switch( msg ) | |
2335 { | |
2336 case WM_ERASEBACKGROUND: | |
2337 return 0; | |
2338 | |
2339 case WM_PAINT: | |
2340 { | |
2341 HPS hps; | |
2342 RECTL rc; | |
2343 | |
2344 hps = WinBeginPaint( hWnd, 0L, &rc ); | |
2345 WinEndPaint( hps ); | |
2346 break; | |
2347 } | |
2348 | |
2349 case WM_SIZE: | |
2350 { | |
2351 Box *mybox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | |
2352 | |
2353 if(!SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) && !SHORT2FROMMP(mp2)) | |
2354 return (MPARAM)TRUE; | |
2355 | |
2356 if(mybox && mybox->flags != DW_MINIMIZED) | |
2357 { | |
2358 /* Hide the window when recalculating to reduce | |
2359 * CPU load. | |
2360 */ | |
2361 WinShowWindow(hWnd, FALSE); | |
2362 | |
2363 _do_resize(mybox, SHORT1FROMMP(mp2), SHORT2FROMMP(mp2)); | |
2364 | |
2365 WinShowWindow(hWnd, TRUE); | |
2366 } | |
2367 } | |
2368 break; | |
2369 case WM_MINMAXFRAME: | |
2370 { | |
2371 Box *mybox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | |
2372 SWP *swp = (SWP *)mp1; | |
2373 | |
2374 if(mybox && (swp->fl & SWP_MINIMIZE)) | |
2375 mybox->flags = DW_MINIMIZED; | |
2376 | |
2377 if(mybox && (swp->fl & SWP_RESTORE)) | |
2378 { | |
2379 if(!mybox->titlebar && mybox->hwndtitle) | |
2380 WinSetParent(mybox->hwndtitle, HWND_OBJECT, FALSE); | |
2381 mybox->flags = 0; | |
2382 } | |
2383 | |
2384 if(mybox && (swp->fl & SWP_MAXIMIZE)) | |
2385 { | |
2386 int z; | |
2387 SWP swp2; | |
2388 | |
2389 WinQueryWindowPos(swp->hwnd, &swp2); | |
2390 | |
2391 if(swp2.cx == swp->cx && swp2.cy == swp->cy) | |
2392 return FALSE; | |
2393 | |
2394 mybox->flags = 0; | |
2395 | |
2396 /* Hide the window when recalculating to reduce | |
2397 * CPU load. | |
2398 */ | |
2399 WinShowWindow(hWnd, FALSE); | |
2400 | |
2401 _do_resize(mybox, swp->cx, swp->cy); | |
2402 | |
2403 if(mybox->count == 1 && mybox->items[0].type == TYPEBOX) | |
2404 { | |
2405 mybox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(mybox->items[0].hwnd, QWP_USER); | |
2406 | |
2407 for(z=0;z<mybox->count;z++) | |
2408 _check_resize_notebook(mybox->items[z].hwnd); | |
2409 | |
2410 } | |
2411 | |
2412 WinShowWindow(hWnd, TRUE); | |
2413 } | |
2414 } | |
2415 break; | |
2416 case WM_CONTROL: | |
2417 switch(SHORT2FROMMP(mp1)) | |
2418 { | |
2419 case BKN_PAGESELECTEDPENDING: | |
2420 { | |
2421 PAGESELECTNOTIFY *psn = (PAGESELECTNOTIFY *)mp2; | |
2422 HWND pagehwnd = (HWND)WinSendMsg(psn->hwndBook, BKM_QUERYPAGEWINDOWHWND, MPFROMLONG(psn->ulPageIdNew), 0); | |
2423 Box *pagebox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(pagehwnd, QWP_USER); | |
2424 unsigned long x, y, width, height; | |
2425 RECTL rc; | |
2426 | |
2427 if(pagebox && psn->ulPageIdNew != psn->ulPageIdCur) | |
2428 { | |
2429 dw_window_get_pos_size(psn->hwndBook, &x, &y, &width, &height); | |
2430 | |
2431 rc.xLeft = x; | |
2432 rc.yBottom = y; | |
2433 rc.xRight = x + width; | |
2434 rc.yTop = y + height; | |
2435 | |
2436 WinSendMsg(psn->hwndBook, BKM_CALCPAGERECT, (MPARAM)&rc, (MPARAM)TRUE); | |
2437 | |
2438 _do_resize(pagebox, rc.xRight - rc.xLeft, rc.yTop - rc.yBottom); | |
2439 } | |
2440 } | |
2441 break; | |
2442 } | |
2443 break; | |
2444 case WM_CLOSE: | |
2445 if(result == -1) | |
2446 { | |
2447 dw_window_destroy(WinQueryWindow(hWnd, QW_PARENT)); | |
2448 return (MRESULT)TRUE; | |
2449 } | |
2450 break; | |
2451 case WM_USER: | |
2452 windowfunc = (void (* API)(void *))mp1; | |
2453 | |
2454 if(windowfunc) | |
2455 windowfunc((void *)mp2); | |
2456 break; | |
2457 case WM_CHAR: | |
2458 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t') | |
2459 { | |
2460 if(CHARMSG(&msg)->fs & KC_SHIFT) | |
2461 _shift_focus_back(hWnd); | |
2462 else | |
2463 _shift_focus(hWnd); | |
2464 return FALSE; | |
2465 } | |
2466 break; | |
2467 case WM_DESTROY: | |
2468 /* Free memory before destroying */ | |
2469 _free_window_memory(hWnd); | |
2470 break; | |
2471 case WM_MENUEND: | |
2472 if(hwndEmph && pCoreEmph) | |
2473 WinSendMsg(hwndEmph, CM_SETRECORDEMPHASIS, pCoreEmph, MPFROM2SHORT(FALSE, CRA_SOURCE)); | |
2474 hwndEmph = NULLHANDLE; | |
2475 pCoreEmph = NULL; | |
2476 break; | |
2477 } | |
2478 | |
2479 if(result != -1) | |
2480 return (MRESULT)result; | |
2481 else | |
2482 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2483 } | |
2484 | |
2485 void _changebox(Box *thisbox, int percent, int type) | |
2486 { | |
2487 int z; | |
2488 | |
2489 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) | |
2490 { | |
2491 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | |
2492 { | |
2493 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER); | |
2494 _changebox(tmp, percent, type); | |
2495 } | |
2496 else | |
2497 { | |
2498 if(type == BOXHORZ) | |
2499 { | |
2500 if(thisbox->items[z].hsize == SIZEEXPAND) | |
2501 thisbox->items[z].width = (int)(((float)thisbox->items[z].origwidth) * (((float)percent)/((float)100.0))); | |
2502 } | |
2503 else | |
2504 { | |
2505 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize == SIZEEXPAND) | |
2506 thisbox->items[z].height = (int)(((float)thisbox->items[z].origheight) * (((float)percent)/((float)100.0))); | |
2507 } | |
2508 } | |
2509 } | |
2510 } | |
2511 | |
2512 void _handle_splitbar_resize(HWND hwnd, float percent, int type, int x, int y) | |
2513 { | |
2514 if(type == BOXHORZ) | |
2515 { | |
2516 int newx = x; | |
2517 float ratio = (float)percent/(float)100.0; | |
2518 HWND handle1 = (HWND)dw_window_get_data(hwnd, "_dw_topleft"); | |
2519 HWND handle2 = (HWND)dw_window_get_data(hwnd, "_dw_bottomright"); | |
2520 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(handle1, QWP_USER); | |
2521 | |
2522 WinShowWindow(handle1, FALSE); | |
2523 WinShowWindow(handle2, FALSE); | |
2524 | |
2525 newx = (int)((float)newx * ratio) - (SPLITBAR_WIDTH/2); | |
2526 | |
2527 WinSetWindowPos(handle1, NULLHANDLE, 0, 0, newx, y, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE); | |
2528 _do_resize(tmp, newx - 1, y - 1); | |
2529 | |
2530 dw_window_set_data(hwnd, "_dw_start", (void *)newx); | |
2531 | |
2532 tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(handle2, QWP_USER); | |
2533 | |
2534 newx = x - newx - SPLITBAR_WIDTH; | |
2535 | |
2536 WinSetWindowPos(handle2, NULLHANDLE, x - newx, 0, newx, y, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE); | |
2537 _do_resize(tmp, newx - 1, y - 1); | |
2538 | |
2539 WinShowWindow(handle1, TRUE); | |
2540 WinShowWindow(handle2, TRUE); | |
2541 } | |
2542 else | |
2543 { | |
2544 int newy = y; | |
2545 float ratio = (float)percent/(float)100.0; | |
2546 HWND handle1 = (HWND)dw_window_get_data(hwnd, "_dw_topleft"); | |
2547 HWND handle2 = (HWND)dw_window_get_data(hwnd, "_dw_bottomright"); | |
2548 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(handle1, QWP_USER); | |
2549 | |
2550 WinShowWindow(handle1, FALSE); | |
2551 WinShowWindow(handle2, FALSE); | |
2552 | |
2553 newy = (int)((float)newy * ratio) - (SPLITBAR_WIDTH/2); | |
2554 | |
2555 WinSetWindowPos(handle1, NULLHANDLE, 0, y - newy, x, newy, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE); | |
2556 _do_resize(tmp, x - 1, newy - 1); | |
2557 | |
2558 tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(handle2, QWP_USER); | |
2559 | |
2560 newy = y - newy - SPLITBAR_WIDTH; | |
2561 | |
2562 WinSetWindowPos(handle2, NULLHANDLE, 0, 0, x, newy, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE); | |
2563 _do_resize(tmp, x - 1, newy - 1); | |
2564 | |
2565 WinShowWindow(handle1, TRUE); | |
2566 WinShowWindow(handle2, TRUE); | |
2567 | |
2568 dw_window_set_data(hwnd, "_dw_start", (void *)newy); | |
2569 } | |
2570 } | |
2571 | |
2572 | |
2573 /* This handles any activity on the splitbars (sizers) */ | |
2574 MRESULT EXPENTRY _splitwndproc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
2575 { | |
2576 float *percent = (float *)dw_window_get_data(hwnd, "_dw_percent"); | |
2577 int type = (int)dw_window_get_data(hwnd, "_dw_type"); | |
2578 int start = (int)dw_window_get_data(hwnd, "_dw_start"); | |
2579 | |
2580 switch (msg) | |
2581 { | |
2582 case WM_ACTIVATE: | |
2583 case WM_SETFOCUS: | |
2584 return (MRESULT)(FALSE); | |
2585 | |
2586 case WM_PAINT: | |
2587 { | |
2588 HPS hps; | |
2589 POINTL ptl[2]; | |
2590 RECTL rcl; | |
2591 | |
2592 hps = WinBeginPaint(hwnd, 0, 0); | |
2593 | |
2594 WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rcl); | |
2595 | |
2596 if(type == BOXHORZ) | |
2597 { | |
2598 ptl[0].x = rcl.xLeft + start; | |
2599 ptl[0].y = rcl.yBottom; | |
2600 ptl[1].x = rcl.xRight + start + 3; | |
2601 ptl[1].y = rcl.yTop; | |
2602 } | |
2603 else | |
2604 { | |
2605 ptl[0].x = rcl.xLeft; | |
2606 ptl[0].y = rcl.yBottom + start; | |
2607 ptl[1].x = rcl.xRight; | |
2608 ptl[1].y = rcl.yTop + start + 3; | |
2609 } | |
2610 | |
2611 | |
2612 GpiSetColor(hps, CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
2613 GpiMove(hps, &ptl[0]); | |
2614 GpiBox(hps, DRO_OUTLINEFILL, &ptl[1], 0, 0); | |
2615 WinEndPaint(hps); | |
2616 } | |
2617 return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE); | |
2618 | |
2619 case WM_MOUSEMOVE: | |
2620 { | |
2621 if(type == BOXHORZ) | |
2622 WinSetPointer(HWND_DESKTOP, | |
2623 WinQuerySysPointer(HWND_DESKTOP, | |
2624 SPTR_SIZEWE, | |
2625 FALSE)); | |
2626 else | |
2627 WinSetPointer(HWND_DESKTOP, | |
2628 WinQuerySysPointer(HWND_DESKTOP, | |
2629 SPTR_SIZENS, | |
2630 FALSE)); | |
2631 } | |
2632 return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE); | |
2633 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN: | |
2634 { | |
2635 APIRET rc; | |
2636 RECTL rclFrame; | |
2637 RECTL rclBounds; | |
2638 | |
2639 WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rclFrame); | |
2640 WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rclBounds); | |
2641 | |
2642 WinMapWindowPoints(hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP, | |
2643 (PPOINTL)&rclBounds, 2); | |
2644 | |
2645 | |
2646 if(type == BOXHORZ) | |
2647 { | |
2648 rclFrame.xLeft = start; | |
2649 rclFrame.xRight = start + SPLITBAR_WIDTH; | |
2650 } | |
2651 else | |
2652 { | |
2653 rclFrame.yBottom = start; | |
2654 rclFrame.yTop = start + SPLITBAR_WIDTH; | |
2655 } | |
2656 | |
2657 if(percent) | |
2658 { | |
2659 rc = _TrackRectangle(hwnd, &rclFrame, &rclBounds); | |
2660 | |
2661 if(rc == TRUE) | |
2662 { | |
2663 int width = (rclBounds.xRight - rclBounds.xLeft); | |
2664 int height = (rclBounds.yTop - rclBounds.yBottom); | |
2665 | |
2666 if(type == BOXHORZ) | |
2667 { | |
2668 start = rclFrame.xLeft - rclBounds.xLeft; | |
2669 if(width - SPLITBAR_WIDTH > 1 && start < width - SPLITBAR_WIDTH) | |
2670 *percent = ((float)start / (float)(width - SPLITBAR_WIDTH)) * 100.0; | |
2671 } | |
2672 else | |
2673 { | |
2674 start = rclFrame.yBottom - rclBounds.yBottom; | |
2675 if(height - SPLITBAR_WIDTH > 1 && start < height - SPLITBAR_WIDTH) | |
2676 *percent = 100.0 - (((float)start / (float)(height - SPLITBAR_WIDTH)) * 100.0); | |
2677 } | |
2678 _handle_splitbar_resize(hwnd, *percent, type, width, height); | |
2679 } | |
2680 } | |
2681 } | |
2682 return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE); | |
2683 } | |
2684 return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2685 } | |
2686 | |
2687 /* Function: BubbleProc | |
2688 * Abstract: Subclass procedure for bubble help | |
2689 */ | |
2690 MRESULT EXPENTRY _BubbleProc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
2691 { | |
2692 MRESULT res; | |
2693 PFNWP proc = (PFNWP)WinQueryWindowPtr(hwnd, QWL_USER); | |
2694 | |
2695 if(proc) | |
2696 res = proc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2697 else | |
2698 res = WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2699 | |
2700 if(msg == WM_PAINT) | |
2701 { | |
2702 POINTL ptl; | |
2703 HPS hpsTemp; | |
2704 RECTL rcl; | |
2705 int height, width; | |
2706 | |
2707 WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rcl); | |
2708 height = rcl.yTop - rcl.yBottom - 1; | |
2709 width = rcl.xRight - rcl.xLeft - 1; | |
2710 | |
2711 /* Draw a border around the bubble help */ | |
2712 hpsTemp = WinGetPS(hwnd); | |
2713 GpiSetColor(hpsTemp, DW_CLR_BLACK); | |
2714 ptl.x = ptl.y = 0; | |
2715 GpiMove(hpsTemp, &ptl); | |
2716 ptl.x = 0; | |
2717 ptl.y = height; | |
2718 GpiLine(hpsTemp, &ptl); | |
2719 ptl.x = ptl.y = 0; | |
2720 GpiMove(hpsTemp, &ptl); | |
2721 ptl.y = 0; | |
2722 ptl.x = width; | |
2723 GpiLine(hpsTemp, &ptl); | |
2724 ptl.x = width; | |
2725 ptl.y = height; | |
2726 GpiMove(hpsTemp, &ptl); | |
2727 ptl.x = 0; | |
2728 ptl.y = height; | |
2729 GpiLine(hpsTemp, &ptl); | |
2730 ptl.x = width; | |
2731 ptl.y = height; | |
2732 GpiMove(hpsTemp, &ptl); | |
2733 ptl.y = 0; | |
2734 ptl.x = width; | |
2735 GpiLine(hpsTemp, &ptl); | |
2736 WinReleasePS(hpsTemp); | |
2737 } | |
2738 return res; | |
2739 } | |
2740 | |
2741 /* Function: BtProc | |
2742 * Abstract: Subclass procedure for buttons | |
2743 */ | |
2744 | |
2745 MRESULT EXPENTRY _BtProc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
2746 { | |
2747 BubbleButton *bubble; | |
2748 PFNWP oldproc; | |
2749 | |
2750 bubble = (BubbleButton *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hwnd, QWL_USER); | |
2751 | |
2752 if(!bubble) | |
2753 return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2754 | |
2755 oldproc = bubble->pOldProc; | |
2756 | |
2757 switch(msg) | |
2758 { | |
2759 case WM_SETFOCUS: | |
2760 if(mp2) | |
2761 _run_event(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2762 else | |
2763 WinSendMsg(hwnd, BM_SETDEFAULT, 0, 0); | |
2764 break; | |
2765 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN: | |
2766 case WM_BUTTON2DOWN: | |
2767 case WM_BUTTON3DOWN: | |
2768 case WM_BUTTON1DBLCLK: | |
2769 case WM_BUTTON2DBLCLK: | |
2770 case WM_BUTTON3DBLCLK: | |
2771 if(dw_window_get_data(hwnd, "_dw_disabled")) | |
2772 return (MRESULT)FALSE; | |
2773 break; | |
2774 case WM_BUTTON1UP: | |
2775 { | |
2776 SignalHandler *tmp = Root; | |
2777 | |
2778 if(WinIsWindowEnabled(hwnd) && !dw_window_get_data(hwnd, "_dw_disabled")) | |
2779 { | |
2780 /* Find any callbacks for this function */ | |
2781 while(tmp) | |
2782 { | |
2783 if(tmp->message == WM_COMMAND) | |
2784 { | |
2785 /* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */ | |
2786 if(tmp->window == hwnd) | |
2787 { | |
2788 /* Due to the fact that if we run the function | |
2789 * here, finishing actions on the button will occur | |
2790 * after we run the signal handler. So we post the | |
2791 * message so the button can finish what it needs to | |
2792 * do before we run our handler. | |
2793 */ | |
2794 WinPostMsg(hwnd, WM_USER, (MPARAM)tmp, 0); | |
2795 tmp = NULL; | |
2796 } | |
2797 } | |
2798 if(tmp) | |
2799 tmp= tmp->next; | |
2800 } | |
2801 } | |
2802 } | |
2803 break; | |
2804 case WM_USER: | |
2805 { | |
2806 SignalHandler *tmp = (SignalHandler *)mp1; | |
2807 int (* API clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = NULL; | |
2808 | |
2809 if(tmp) | |
2810 { | |
2811 clickfunc = (int (* API)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
2812 | |
2813 clickfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data); | |
2814 } | |
2815 } | |
2816 break; | |
2817 case WM_CHAR: | |
2818 { | |
2819 /* A button press should also occur for an ENTER or SPACE press | |
2820 * while the button has the active input focus. | |
2821 */ | |
2822 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\r' || SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == ' ') | |
2823 { | |
2824 SignalHandler *tmp = Root; | |
2825 | |
2826 /* Find any callbacks for this function */ | |
2827 while(tmp) | |
2828 { | |
2829 if(tmp->message == WM_COMMAND) | |
2830 { | |
2831 /* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */ | |
2832 if(tmp->window == hwnd) | |
2833 { | |
2834 WinPostMsg(hwnd, WM_USER, (MPARAM)tmp, 0); | |
2835 tmp = NULL; | |
2836 } | |
2837 } | |
2838 if(tmp) | |
2839 tmp= tmp->next; | |
2840 } | |
2841 } | |
2842 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t') | |
2843 { | |
2844 if(CHARMSG(&msg)->fs & KC_SHIFT) | |
2845 _shift_focus_back(hwnd); | |
2846 else | |
2847 _shift_focus(hwnd); | |
2848 WinSendMsg(hwnd, BM_SETDEFAULT, 0, 0); | |
2849 return FALSE; | |
2850 } | |
2851 else if(!(CHARMSG(&msg)->fs & KC_KEYUP) && (CHARMSG(&msg)->vkey == VK_LEFT || CHARMSG(&msg)->vkey == VK_UP)) | |
2852 { | |
2853 _shift_focus_back(hwnd); | |
2854 return FALSE; | |
2855 } | |
2856 else if(!(CHARMSG(&msg)->fs & KC_KEYUP) && (CHARMSG(&msg)->vkey == VK_RIGHT || CHARMSG(&msg)->vkey == VK_DOWN)) | |
2857 { | |
2858 _shift_focus(hwnd); | |
2859 return FALSE; | |
2860 } | |
2861 } | |
2862 break; | |
2863 case 0x041f: | |
2864 if (hwndBubble) | |
2865 { | |
2866 WinDestroyWindow(hwndBubble); | |
2867 hwndBubble = 0; | |
2868 } | |
2869 break; | |
2870 | |
2871 case 0x041e: | |
2872 | |
2873 if(!*bubble->bubbletext) | |
2874 break; | |
2875 | |
2876 if(hwndBubble) | |
2877 { | |
2878 WinDestroyWindow(hwndBubble); | |
2879 hwndBubble = 0; | |
2880 } | |
2881 | |
2882 if(!hwndBubble) | |
2883 { | |
2884 HPS hpsTemp = 0; | |
2885 LONG lHight; | |
2886 LONG lWidth; | |
2887 POINTL txtPointl[TXTBOX_COUNT]; | |
2888 POINTL ptlWork = {0,0}; | |
2889 ULONG ulColor = DW_CLR_YELLOW; | |
2890 void *blah; | |
2891 | |
2892 hwndBubbleLast = hwnd; | |
2893 hwndBubble = WinCreateWindow(HWND_DESKTOP, | |
2894 WC_STATIC, | |
2895 "", | |
2896 SS_TEXT | | |
2897 DT_CENTER | | |
2898 DT_VCENTER, | |
2899 0,0,0,0, | |
2900 HWND_DESKTOP, | |
2901 HWND_TOP, | |
2902 0, | |
2903 NULL, | |
2904 NULL); | |
2905 | |
2906 WinSetPresParam(hwndBubble, | |
2907 PP_FONTNAMESIZE, | |
2908 sizeof(DefaultFont), | |
2909 DefaultFont); | |
2910 | |
2911 | |
2912 WinSetPresParam(hwndBubble, | |
2913 PP_BACKGROUNDCOLORINDEX, | |
2914 sizeof(ulColor), | |
2915 &ulColor); | |
2916 | |
2917 WinSetWindowText(hwndBubble, | |
2918 bubble->bubbletext); | |
2919 | |
2920 WinMapWindowPoints(hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP, &ptlWork, 1); | |
2921 | |
2922 hpsTemp = WinGetPS(hwndBubble); | |
2923 GpiQueryTextBox(hpsTemp, | |
2924 strlen(bubble->bubbletext), | |
2925 bubble->bubbletext, | |
2926 TXTBOX_COUNT, | |
2927 txtPointl); | |
2928 WinReleasePS(hpsTemp); | |
2929 | |
2930 lWidth = txtPointl[TXTBOX_TOPRIGHT].x - | |
2931 txtPointl[TXTBOX_TOPLEFT ].x + 8; | |
2932 | |
2933 lHight = txtPointl[TXTBOX_TOPLEFT].y - | |
2934 txtPointl[TXTBOX_BOTTOMLEFT].y + 8; | |
2935 | |
2936 ptlWork.y -= lHight; | |
2937 | |
2938 blah = (void *)WinSubclassWindow(hwndBubble, _BubbleProc); | |
2939 | |
2940 if(blah) | |
2941 WinSetWindowPtr(hwndBubble, QWP_USER, blah); | |
2942 | |
2943 WinSetWindowPos(hwndBubble, | |
2944 HWND_TOP, | |
2945 ptlWork.x, | |
2946 ptlWork.y, | |
2947 lWidth, | |
2948 lHight, | |
2949 SWP_SIZE | SWP_MOVE | SWP_SHOW); | |
2950 } | |
2951 break; | |
2952 } | |
2953 | |
2954 if(!oldproc) | |
2955 return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2956 return oldproc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2957 } | |
2958 | |
2959 MRESULT EXPENTRY _RendProc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
2960 { | |
2961 int res = 0; | |
2962 res = (int)_run_event(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2963 switch(msg) | |
2964 { | |
2965 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN: | |
2966 case WM_BUTTON2DOWN: | |
2967 case WM_BUTTON3DOWN: | |
2968 if(res) | |
2969 return (MPARAM)TRUE; | |
2970 } | |
2971 return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2972 } | |
2973 | |
2974 MRESULT EXPENTRY _TreeProc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
2975 { | |
2976 WindowData *blah = (WindowData *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hwnd, QWP_USER); | |
2977 PFNWP oldproc = 0; | |
2978 | |
2979 if(blah) | |
2980 oldproc = blah->oldproc; | |
2981 | |
2982 switch(msg) | |
2983 { | |
2984 case WM_PAINT: | |
2985 { | |
2986 HPS hps; | |
2987 RECTL rcl; | |
2988 POINTL ptl[2]; | |
2989 | |
2990 if(oldproc) | |
2991 oldproc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2992 | |
2993 hps = WinBeginPaint(hwnd, 0, 0); | |
2994 WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rcl); | |
2995 ptl[0].x = rcl.xLeft + 1; | |
2996 ptl[0].y = rcl.yBottom + 1; | |
2997 ptl[1].x = rcl.xRight - 1; | |
2998 ptl[1].y = rcl.yTop - 1; | |
2999 | |
3000 GpiSetColor(hps, CLR_BLACK); | |
3001 GpiMove(hps, &ptl[0]); | |
3002 GpiBox(hps, DRO_OUTLINE, &ptl[1], 0, 0); | |
3003 WinEndPaint(hps); | |
3004 } | |
3005 return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE); | |
3006 case WM_SETFOCUS: | |
3007 _run_event(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
3008 break; | |
3009 case WM_CHAR: | |
3010 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t') | |
3011 { | |
3012 if(CHARMSG(&msg)->fs & KC_SHIFT) | |
3013 _shift_focus_back(hwnd); | |
3014 else | |
3015 _shift_focus(hwnd); | |
3016 return FALSE; | |
3017 } | |
3018 break; | |
3019 } | |
3020 | |
3021 _run_event(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
3022 | |
3023 if(oldproc) | |
3024 return oldproc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
3025 | |
3026 return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
3027 } | |
3028 | |
3029 /* | |
3030 * Initializes the Dynamic Windows engine. | |
3031 * Parameters: | |
3032 * newthread: True if this is the only thread. | |
3033 * False if there is already a message loop running. | |
3034 */ | |
3035 int API dw_init(int newthread, int argc, char *argv[]) | |
3036 { | |
3037 APIRET rc; | |
3038 | |
3039 if(newthread) | |
3040 { | |
3041 dwhab = WinInitialize(0); | |
3042 dwhmq = WinCreateMsgQueue(dwhab, 0); | |
3043 } | |
3044 | |
3045 rc = WinRegisterClass(dwhab, ClassName, _wndproc, CS_SIZEREDRAW | CS_CLIPCHILDREN, 32); | |
3046 rc = WinRegisterClass(dwhab, SplitbarClassName, _splitwndproc, 0L, 32); | |
3047 | |
3048 /* Get the OS/2 version. */ | |
3049 DosQuerySysInfo(QSV_VERSION_MAJOR, QSV_MS_COUNT,(void *)aulBuffer, 4*sizeof(ULONG)); | |
3050 | |
3051 desktop = WinQueryDesktopWindow(dwhab, NULLHANDLE); | |
3052 | |
3053 return rc; | |
3054 } | |
3055 | |
3056 /* | |
3057 * Runs a message loop for Dynamic Windows. | |
3058 */ | |
3059 void API dw_main(void) | |
3060 { | |
3061 QMSG qmsg; | |
3062 | |
3063 _dwtid = dw_thread_id(); | |
3064 | |
3065 while(WinGetMsg(dwhab, &qmsg, 0, 0, 0)) | |
3066 { | |
3067 if(qmsg.msg == WM_TIMER && qmsg.hwnd == NULLHANDLE) | |
3068 _run_event(qmsg.hwnd, qmsg.msg, qmsg.mp1, qmsg.mp2); | |
3069 WinDispatchMsg(dwhab, &qmsg); | |
3070 } | |
3071 | |
3072 WinDestroyMsgQueue(dwhmq); | |
3073 WinTerminate(dwhab); | |
3074 } | |
3075 | |
3076 /* | |
3077 * Runs a message loop for Dynamic Windows, for a period of milliseconds. | |
3078 * Parameters: | |
3079 * milliseconds: Number of milliseconds to run the loop for. | |
3080 */ | |
3081 void API dw_main_sleep(int milliseconds) | |
3082 { | |
3083 QMSG qmsg; | |
3084 double start = (double)clock(); | |
3085 | |
3086 while(((clock() - start) / (CLOCKS_PER_SEC/1000)) <= milliseconds) | |
3087 { | |
3088 if(WinPeekMsg(dwhab, &qmsg, 0, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE)) | |
3089 { | |
3090 WinGetMsg(dwhab, &qmsg, 0, 0, 0); | |
3091 if(qmsg.msg == WM_TIMER && qmsg.hwnd == NULLHANDLE) | |
3092 _run_event(qmsg.hwnd, qmsg.msg, qmsg.mp1, qmsg.mp2); | |
3093 WinDispatchMsg(dwhab, &qmsg); | |
3094 } | |
3095 else | |
3096 DosSleep(1); | |
3097 } | |
3098 } | |
3099 | |
3100 /* | |
3101 * Processes a single message iteration and returns. | |
3102 */ | |
3103 void API dw_main_iteration(void) | |
3104 { | |
3105 QMSG qmsg; | |
3106 | |
3107 _dwtid = dw_thread_id(); | |
3108 | |
3109 if(WinGetMsg(dwhab, &qmsg, 0, 0, 0)) | |
3110 { | |
3111 if(qmsg.msg == WM_TIMER && qmsg.hwnd == NULLHANDLE) | |
3112 _run_event(qmsg.hwnd, qmsg.msg, qmsg.mp1, qmsg.mp2); | |
3113 WinDispatchMsg(dwhab, &qmsg); | |
3114 } | |
3115 } | |
3116 | |
3117 /* | |
3118 * Free's memory allocated by dynamic windows. | |
3119 * Parameters: | |
3120 * ptr: Pointer to dynamic windows allocated | |
3121 * memory to be free()'d. | |
3122 */ | |
3123 void API dw_free(void *ptr) | |
3124 { | |
3125 free(ptr); | |
3126 } | |
3127 | |
3128 /* | |
3129 * Allocates and initializes a dialog struct. | |
3130 * Parameters: | |
3131 * data: User defined data to be passed to functions. | |
3132 */ | |
3133 DWDialog * API dw_dialog_new(void *data) | |
3134 { | |
3135 DWDialog *tmp = malloc(sizeof(DWDialog)); | |
3136 | |
3137 tmp->eve = dw_event_new(); | |
3138 dw_event_reset(tmp->eve); | |
3139 tmp->data = data; | |
3140 tmp->done = FALSE; | |
3141 tmp->result = NULL; | |
3142 | |
3143 return tmp; | |
3144 } | |
3145 | |
3146 /* | |
3147 * Accepts a dialog struct and returns the given data to the | |
3148 * initial called of dw_dialog_wait(). | |
3149 * Parameters: | |
3150 * dialog: Pointer to a dialog struct aquired by dw_dialog_new). | |
3151 * result: Data to be returned by dw_dialog_wait(). | |
3152 */ | |
3153 int API dw_dialog_dismiss(DWDialog *dialog, void *result) | |
3154 { | |
3155 dialog->result = result; | |
3156 dw_event_post(dialog->eve); | |
3157 dialog->done = TRUE; | |
3158 return 0; | |
3159 } | |
3160 | |
3161 /* | |
3162 * Accepts a dialog struct waits for dw_dialog_dismiss() to be | |
3163 * called by a signal handler with the given dialog struct. | |
3164 * Parameters: | |
3165 * dialog: Pointer to a dialog struct aquired by dw_dialog_new). | |
3166 */ | |
3167 void * API dw_dialog_wait(DWDialog *dialog) | |
3168 { | |
3169 QMSG qmsg; | |
3170 void *tmp; | |
3171 | |
3172 while (WinGetMsg(dwhab, &qmsg, 0, 0, 0)) | |
3173 { | |
3174 if(qmsg.msg == WM_TIMER && qmsg.hwnd == NULLHANDLE) | |
3175 _run_event(qmsg.hwnd, qmsg.msg, qmsg.mp1, qmsg.mp2); | |
3176 WinDispatchMsg(dwhab, &qmsg); | |
3177 if(dialog->done) | |
3178 break; | |
3179 } | |
3180 dw_event_close(&dialog->eve); | |
3181 tmp = dialog->result; | |
3182 free(dialog); | |
3183 return tmp; | |
3184 } | |
3185 | |
3186 | |
3187 /* | |
3188 * Displays a Message Box with given text and title.. | |
3189 * Parameters: | |
3190 * title: The title of the message box. | |
3191 * format: printf style format string. | |
3192 * ...: Additional variables for use in the format. | |
3193 */ | |
3194 int API dw_messagebox(char *title, char *format, ...) | |
3195 { | |
3196 va_list args; | |
3197 char outbuf[1024]; | |
3198 | |
3199 va_start(args, format); | |
3200 vsprintf(outbuf, format, args); | |
3201 va_end(args); | |
3202 | |
3203 WinMessageBox(HWND_DESKTOP, HWND_DESKTOP, outbuf, title, 0, MB_OK | MB_INFORMATION | MB_MOVEABLE); | |
3204 | |
3205 return strlen(outbuf); | |
3206 } | |
3207 | |
3208 /* | |
3209 * Displays a Message Box with given text and title.. | |
3210 * Parameters: | |
3211 * title: The title of the message box. | |
3212 * text: The text to display in the box. | |
3213 * Returns: | |
3214 * True if YES False of NO. | |
3215 */ | |
3216 int API dw_yesno(char *title, char *text) | |
3217 { | |
3218 if(WinMessageBox(HWND_DESKTOP, HWND_DESKTOP, text, title, 0, MB_YESNO | MB_INFORMATION | MB_MOVEABLE | MB_SYSTEMMODAL)==MBID_YES) | |
3219 return TRUE; | |
3220 return FALSE; | |
3221 } | |
3222 | |
3223 /* | |
3224 * Makes the window topmost. | |
3225 * Parameters: | |
3226 * handle: The window handle to make topmost. | |
3227 */ | |
3228 int API dw_window_raise(HWND handle) | |
3229 { | |
3230 return WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_ZORDER); | |
3231 } | |
3232 | |
3233 /* | |
3234 * Makes the window bottommost. | |
3235 * Parameters: | |
3236 * handle: The window handle to make bottommost. | |
3237 */ | |
3238 int API dw_window_lower(HWND handle) | |
3239 { | |
3240 return WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_ZORDER); | |
3241 } | |
3242 | |
3243 /* | |
3244 * Makes the window visible. | |
3245 * Parameters: | |
3246 * handle: The window handle to make visible. | |
3247 */ | |
3248 int API dw_window_show(HWND handle) | |
3249 { | |
3250 int rc = WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_SHOW); | |
3251 HSWITCH hswitch; | |
3252 SWCNTRL swcntrl; | |
3253 | |
3254 _fix_button_owner(_toplevel_window(handle), 0); | |
3255 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, handle); | |
3256 _initial_focus(handle); | |
3257 | |
3258 /* If this window has a switch list entry make sure it is visible */ | |
3259 hswitch = WinQuerySwitchHandle(handle, 0); | |
3260 if(hswitch) | |
3261 { | |
3262 WinQuerySwitchEntry(hswitch, &swcntrl); | |
3263 swcntrl.uchVisibility = SWL_VISIBLE; | |
3264 WinChangeSwitchEntry(hswitch, &swcntrl); | |
3265 } | |
3266 if(WinWindowFromID(handle, FID_CLIENT)) | |
3267 { | |
3268 WindowData *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER); | |
3269 | |
3270 if(blah && !(blah->flags & DW_OS2_NEW_WINDOW)) | |
3271 { | |
3272 ULONG cx = dw_screen_width(), cy = dw_screen_height(); | |
3273 int newx, newy, changed = 0; | |
3274 SWP swp; | |
3275 | |
3276 blah->flags |= DW_OS2_NEW_WINDOW; | |
3277 | |
3278 WinQueryWindowPos(handle, &swp); | |
3279 | |
3280 newx = swp.x; | |
3281 newy = swp.y; | |
3282 | |
3283 if((swp.x+swp.cx) > cx) | |
3284 { | |
3285 newx = (cx - swp.cx)/2; | |
3286 changed = 1; | |
3287 } | |
3288 if((swp.y+swp.cy) > cy) | |
3289 { | |
3290 newy = (cy - swp.cy)/2; | |
3291 changed = 1; | |
3292 } | |
3293 if(changed) | |
3294 WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, newx, newy, 0, 0, SWP_MOVE); | |
3295 } | |
3296 } | |
3297 return rc; | |
3298 } | |
3299 | |
3300 /* | |
3301 * Minimizes or Iconifies a top-level window. | |
3302 * Parameters: | |
3303 * handle: The window handle to minimize. | |
3304 */ | |
3305 int API dw_window_minimize(HWND handle) | |
3306 { | |
3307 HWND hwndclient = WinWindowFromID(handle, FID_CLIENT); | |
3308 | |
3309 if(hwndclient) | |
3310 { | |
3311 Box *box = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hwndclient, QWP_USER); | |
3312 | |
3313 if(box) | |
3314 { | |
3315 if(!box->titlebar && box->hwndtitle) | |
3316 WinSetParent(box->hwndtitle, handle, FALSE); | |
3317 } | |
3318 } | |
3319 | |
3320 return WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_MINIMIZE); | |
3321 } | |
3322 | |
3323 /* | |
3324 * Makes the window invisible. | |
3325 * Parameters: | |
3326 * handle: The window handle to make visible. | |
3327 */ | |
3328 int API dw_window_hide(HWND handle) | |
3329 { | |
3330 HSWITCH hswitch; | |
3331 SWCNTRL swcntrl; | |
3332 | |
3333 /* If this window has a switch list entry make sure it is invisible */ | |
3334 hswitch = WinQuerySwitchHandle(handle, 0); | |
3335 if(hswitch) | |
3336 { | |
3337 WinQuerySwitchEntry(hswitch, &swcntrl); | |
3338 swcntrl.uchVisibility = SWL_INVISIBLE; | |
3339 WinChangeSwitchEntry(hswitch, &swcntrl); | |
3340 } | |
3341 return WinShowWindow(handle, FALSE); | |
3342 } | |
3343 | |
3344 /* | |
3345 * Destroys a window and all of it's children. | |
3346 * Parameters: | |
3347 * handle: The window handle to destroy. | |
3348 */ | |
3349 int API dw_window_destroy(HWND handle) | |
3350 { | |
3351 HWND parent = WinQueryWindow(handle, QW_PARENT); | |
3352 Box *thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(parent, QWP_USER); | |
3353 | |
3354 if(!handle) | |
3355 return -1; | |
3356 | |
3357 if(parent != desktop && thisbox && thisbox->count) | |
3358 { | |
3359 int z, index = -1; | |
3360 Item *tmpitem, *thisitem = thisbox->items; | |
3361 | |
3362 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) | |
3363 { | |
3364 if(thisitem[z].hwnd == handle) | |
3365 index = z; | |
3366 } | |
3367 | |
3368 if(index == -1) | |
3369 return 0; | |
3370 | |
3371 tmpitem = malloc(sizeof(Item)*(thisbox->count-1)); | |
3372 | |
3373 /* Copy all but the current entry to the new list */ | |
3374 for(z=0;z<index;z++) | |
3375 { | |
3376 tmpitem[z] = thisitem[z]; | |
3377 } | |
3378 for(z=index+1;z<thisbox->count;z++) | |
3379 { | |
3380 tmpitem[z-1] = thisitem[z]; | |
3381 } | |
3382 | |
3383 thisbox->items = tmpitem; | |
3384 free(thisitem); | |
3385 thisbox->count--; | |
3386 _free_window_memory(handle); | |
3387 } | |
3388 return WinDestroyWindow(handle); | |
3389 } | |
3390 | |
3391 /* Causes entire window to be invalidated and redrawn. | |
3392 * Parameters: | |
3393 * handle: Toplevel window handle to be redrawn. | |
3394 */ | |
3395 void API dw_window_redraw(HWND handle) | |
3396 { | |
3397 HWND client = WinWindowFromID(handle, FID_CLIENT); | |
3398 HWND window = client ? client : handle; | |
3399 Box *mybox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(window, QWP_USER); | |
3400 | |
3401 if(window && mybox) | |
3402 { | |
3403 unsigned long width, height; | |
3404 | |
3405 dw_window_get_pos_size(window, NULL, NULL, &width, &height); | |
3406 | |
3407 WinShowWindow(client ? mybox->items[0].hwnd : handle, FALSE); | |
3408 _do_resize(mybox, width, height); | |
3409 WinShowWindow(client ? mybox->items[0].hwnd : handle, TRUE); | |
3410 } | |
3411 } | |
3412 | |
3413 /* | |
3414 * Changes a window's parent to newparent. | |
3415 * Parameters: | |
3416 * handle: The window handle to destroy. | |
3417 * newparent: The window's new parent window. | |
3418 */ | |
3419 void API dw_window_reparent(HWND handle, HWND newparent) | |
3420 { | |
3421 HWND blah = WinWindowFromID(newparent, FID_CLIENT); | |
3422 WinSetParent(handle, blah ? blah : newparent, TRUE); | |
3423 } | |
3424 | |
3425 /* | |
3426 * Sets the font used by a specified window (widget) handle. | |
3427 * Parameters: | |
3428 * handle: The window (widget) handle. | |
3429 * fontname: Name and size of the font in the form "size.fontname" | |
3430 */ | |
3431 int API dw_window_set_font(HWND handle, char *fontname) | |
3432 { | |
3433 return WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_FONTNAMESIZE, strlen(fontname)+1, fontname); | |
3434 } | |
3435 | |
3436 /* Internal version */ | |
3437 int _dw_window_set_color(HWND handle, ULONG fore, ULONG back) | |
3438 { | |
3439 if((fore & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR) | |
3440 { | |
3441 RGB2 rgb2; | |
3442 | |
3443 rgb2.bBlue = DW_BLUE_VALUE(fore); | |
3444 rgb2.bGreen = DW_GREEN_VALUE(fore); | |
3445 rgb2.bRed = DW_RED_VALUE(fore); | |
3446 rgb2.fcOptions = 0; | |
3447 | |
3448 WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_FOREGROUNDCOLOR, sizeof(RGB2), &rgb2); | |
3449 | |
3450 } | |
3451 else if(fore != DW_CLR_DEFAULT) | |
3452 { | |
3453 fore = _internal_color(fore); | |
3454 | |
3455 WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_FOREGROUNDCOLORINDEX, sizeof(ULONG), &fore); | |
3456 } | |
3457 if((back & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR) | |
3458 { | |
3459 RGB2 rgb2; | |
3460 | |
3461 rgb2.bBlue = DW_BLUE_VALUE(back); | |
3462 rgb2.bGreen = DW_GREEN_VALUE(back); | |
3463 rgb2.bRed = DW_RED_VALUE(back); | |
3464 rgb2.fcOptions = 0; | |
3465 | |
3466 WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR, sizeof(RGB2), &rgb2); | |
3467 return 0; | |
3468 } | |
3469 else if(back != DW_CLR_DEFAULT) | |
3470 { | |
3471 back = _internal_color(back); | |
3472 | |
3473 WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_BACKGROUNDCOLORINDEX, sizeof(ULONG), &back); | |
3474 } | |
3475 return 0; | |
3476 } | |
3477 /* | |
3478 * Sets the colors used by a specified window (widget) handle. | |
3479 * Parameters: | |
3480 * handle: The window (widget) handle. | |
3481 * fore: Foreground color in DW_RGB format or a default color index. | |
3482 * back: Background color in DW_RGB format or a default color index. | |
3483 */ | |
3484 int API dw_window_set_color(HWND handle, ULONG fore, ULONG back) | |
3485 { | |
3486 dw_window_set_data(handle, "_dw_fore", (void *)fore); | |
3487 dw_window_set_data(handle, "_dw_back", (void *)back); | |
3488 | |
3489 return _dw_window_set_color(handle, fore, back); | |
3490 } | |
3491 | |
3492 /* | |
3493 * Sets the font used by a specified window (widget) handle. | |
3494 * Parameters: | |
3495 * handle: The window (widget) handle. | |
3496 * border: Size of the window border in pixels. | |
3497 */ | |
3498 int API dw_window_set_border(HWND handle, int border) | |
3499 { | |
3500 WinSendMsg(handle, WM_SETBORDERSIZE, MPFROMSHORT(border), MPFROMSHORT(border)); | |
3501 return 0; | |
3502 } | |
3503 | |
3504 /* | |
3505 * Captures the mouse input to this window. | |
3506 * Parameters: | |
3507 * handle: Handle to receive mouse input. | |
3508 */ | |
3509 void API dw_window_capture(HWND handle) | |
3510 { | |
3511 WinSetCapture(HWND_DESKTOP, handle); | |
3512 } | |
3513 | |
3514 /* | |
3515 * Releases previous mouse capture. | |
3516 */ | |
3517 void API dw_window_release(void) | |
3518 { | |
3519 WinSetCapture(HWND_DESKTOP, NULLHANDLE); | |
3520 } | |
3521 | |
3522 /* | |
3523 * Tracks this window movement. | |
3524 * Parameters: | |
3525 * handle: Handle to frame to be tracked. | |
3526 */ | |
3527 void API dw_window_track(HWND handle) | |
3528 { | |
3529 WinSendMsg(handle, WM_TRACKFRAME, MPFROMSHORT(TF_MOVE), 0); | |
3530 } | |
3531 | |
3532 /* | |
3533 * Changes the appearance of the mouse pointer. | |
3534 * Parameters: | |
3535 * handle: Handle to widget for which to change. | |
3536 * cursortype: ID of the pointer you want. | |
3537 */ | |
3538 void API dw_window_pointer(HWND handle, int pointertype) | |
3539 { | |
3540 WinSetPointer(handle, | |
3541 WinQuerySysPointer(HWND_DESKTOP, | |
3542 pointertype, | |
3543 FALSE)); | |
3544 } | |
3545 | |
3546 /* | |
3547 * Create a new Window Frame. | |
3548 * Parameters: | |
3549 * owner: The Owner's window handle or HWND_DESKTOP. | |
3550 * title: The Window title. | |
3551 * flStyle: Style flags, see the PM reference. | |
3552 */ | |
3553 HWND API dw_window_new(HWND hwndOwner, char *title, ULONG flStyle) | |
3554 { | |
3555 HWND hwndclient = 0, hwndframe; | |
3556 Box *newbox = calloc(1, sizeof(Box)); | |
3557 WindowData *blah = calloc(1, sizeof(WindowData)); | |
3558 | |
3559 newbox->pad = 0; | |
3560 newbox->type = BOXVERT; | |
3561 newbox->count = 0; | |
3562 | |
3563 flStyle |= FCF_NOBYTEALIGN; | |
3564 | |
3565 if(flStyle & DW_FCF_TITLEBAR) | |
3566 newbox->titlebar = 1; | |
3567 else | |
3568 flStyle |= FCF_TITLEBAR; | |
3569 | |
3570 if(!(flStyle & FCF_SHELLPOSITION)) | |
3571 blah->flags |= DW_OS2_NEW_WINDOW; | |
3572 | |
3573 hwndframe = WinCreateStdWindow(hwndOwner, 0L, &flStyle, ClassName, title, 0L, NULLHANDLE, 0L, &hwndclient); | |
3574 newbox->hwndtitle = WinWindowFromID(hwndframe, FID_TITLEBAR); | |
3575 if(!newbox->titlebar && newbox->hwndtitle) | |
3576 WinSetParent(newbox->hwndtitle, HWND_OBJECT, FALSE); | |
3577 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(hwndframe, _sizeproc); | |
3578 WinSetWindowPtr(hwndframe, QWP_USER, blah); | |
3579 WinSetWindowPtr(hwndclient, QWP_USER, newbox); | |
3580 | |
3581 return hwndframe; | |
3582 } | |
3583 | |
3584 /* | |
3585 * Create a new Box to be packed. | |
3586 * Parameters: | |
3587 * type: Either BOXVERT (vertical) or BOXHORZ (horizontal). | |
3588 * pad: Number of pixels to pad around the box. | |
3589 */ | |
3590 HWND API dw_box_new(int type, int pad) | |
3591 { | |
3592 Box *newbox = calloc(1, sizeof(Box)); | |
3593 HWND hwndframe; | |
3594 | |
3595 newbox->pad = pad; | |
3596 newbox->type = type; | |
3597 newbox->count = 0; | |
3598 newbox->grouphwnd = NULLHANDLE; | |
3599 | |
3600 hwndframe = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
3601 WC_FRAME, | |
3602 NULL, | |
3603 WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | | |
3604 FS_NOBYTEALIGN, | |
3605 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3606 NULLHANDLE, | |
3607 HWND_TOP, | |
3608 0L, | |
3609 NULL, | |
3610 NULL); | |
3611 | |
3612 newbox->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(hwndframe, _controlproc); | |
3613 WinSetWindowPtr(hwndframe, QWP_USER, newbox); | |
3614 dw_window_set_color(hwndframe, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
3615 return hwndframe; | |
3616 } | |
3617 | |
3618 /* | |
3619 * Create a new Group Box to be packed. | |
3620 * Parameters: | |
3621 * type: Either BOXVERT (vertical) or BOXHORZ (horizontal). | |
3622 * pad: Number of pixels to pad around the box. | |
3623 * title: Text to be displayined in the group outline. | |
3624 */ | |
3625 HWND API dw_groupbox_new(int type, int pad, char *title) | |
3626 { | |
3627 Box *newbox = calloc(1, sizeof(Box)); | |
3628 HWND hwndframe; | |
3629 | |
3630 newbox->pad = pad; | |
3631 newbox->type = type; | |
3632 newbox->count = 0; | |
3633 | |
3634 hwndframe = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
3635 WC_FRAME, | |
3636 NULL, | |
3637 WS_VISIBLE | | |
3638 FS_NOBYTEALIGN, | |
3639 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3640 NULLHANDLE, | |
3641 HWND_TOP, | |
3642 0L, | |
3643 NULL, | |
3644 NULL); | |
3645 | |
3646 newbox->grouphwnd = WinCreateWindow(hwndframe, | |
3647 WC_STATIC, | |
3648 title, | |
3649 WS_VISIBLE | SS_GROUPBOX | | |
3650 WS_GROUP, | |
3651 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3652 NULLHANDLE, | |
3653 HWND_TOP, | |
3654 0L, | |
3655 NULL, | |
3656 NULL); | |
3657 | |
3658 WinSetWindowPtr(hwndframe, QWP_USER, newbox); | |
3659 dw_window_set_color(hwndframe, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
3660 dw_window_set_color(newbox->grouphwnd, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
3661 dw_window_set_font(newbox->grouphwnd, DefaultFont); | |
3662 return hwndframe; | |
3663 } | |
3664 | |
3665 /* | |
3666 * Create a new MDI Frame to be packed. | |
3667 * Parameters: | |
3668 * id: An ID to be used with dw_window_from_id or 0L. | |
3669 */ | |
3670 HWND API dw_mdi_new(unsigned long id) | |
3671 { | |
3672 HWND hwndframe; | |
3673 | |
3674 hwndframe = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
3675 WC_FRAME, | |
3676 NULL, | |
3677 WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | | |
3678 FS_NOBYTEALIGN, | |
3679 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3680 NULLHANDLE, | |
3681 HWND_TOP, | |
3682 0L, | |
3683 NULL, | |
3684 NULL); | |
3685 return hwndframe; | |
3686 } | |
3687 | |
3688 /* | |
3689 * Create a bitmap object to be packed. | |
3690 * Parameters: | |
3691 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
3692 */ | |
3693 HWND API dw_bitmap_new(ULONG id) | |
3694 { | |
3695 return WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
3696 WC_STATIC, | |
3697 NULL, | |
3698 WS_VISIBLE | SS_TEXT, | |
3699 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3700 NULLHANDLE, | |
3701 HWND_TOP, | |
3702 id, | |
3703 NULL, | |
3704 NULL); | |
3705 } | |
3706 | |
3707 /* | |
3708 * Create a notebook object to be packed. | |
3709 * Parameters: | |
3710 * id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the | |
3711 * resource file. | |
3712 */ | |
3713 HWND API dw_notebook_new(ULONG id, int top) | |
3714 { | |
3715 ULONG flags; | |
3716 HWND tmp; | |
3717 | |
3718 if(top) | |
3719 flags = BKS_MAJORTABTOP; | |
3720 else | |
3721 flags = BKS_MAJORTABBOTTOM; | |
3722 | |
3723 tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
3724 WC_NOTEBOOK, | |
3725 NULL, | |
3726 WS_VISIBLE | | |
3727 BKS_TABBEDDIALOG | | |
3728 flags, | |
3729 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3730 NULLHANDLE, | |
3731 HWND_TOP, | |
3732 id, | |
3733 NULL, | |
3734 NULL); | |
3735 | |
3736 /* Fix tab sizes on Warp 3 */ | |
3737 if(!IS_WARP4()) | |
3738 { | |
3739 /* best sizes to be determined by trial and error */ | |
3740 WinSendMsg(tmp, BKM_SETDIMENSIONS,MPFROM2SHORT(102, 28), MPFROMSHORT( BKA_MAJORTAB)); | |
3741 } | |
3742 | |
3743 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
3744 return tmp; | |
3745 } | |
3746 | |
3747 /* | |
3748 * Create a menu object to be popped up. | |
3749 * Parameters: | |
3750 * id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the | |
3751 * resource file. | |
3752 */ | |
3753 HMENUI API dw_menu_new(ULONG id) | |
3754 { | |
3755 HMENUI tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
3756 WC_MENU, | |
3757 NULL, | |
3758 WS_VISIBLE, | |
3759 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3760 NULLHANDLE, | |
3761 HWND_TOP, | |
3762 id, | |
3763 NULL, | |
3764 NULL); | |
3765 return tmp; | |
3766 } | |
3767 | |
3768 /* | |
3769 * Create a menubar on a window. | |
3770 * Parameters: | |
3771 * location: Handle of a window frame to be attached to. | |
3772 */ | |
3773 HMENUI API dw_menubar_new(HWND location) | |
3774 { | |
3775 HMENUI tmp = WinCreateWindow(location, | |
3776 WC_MENU, | |
3777 NULL, | |
3778 WS_VISIBLE | MS_ACTIONBAR, | |
3779 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3780 location, | |
3781 HWND_TOP, | |
3782 FID_MENU, | |
3783 NULL, | |
3784 NULL); | |
3785 return tmp; | |
3786 } | |
3787 | |
3788 /* | |
3789 * Destroys a menu created with dw_menubar_new or dw_menu_new. | |
3790 * Parameters: | |
3791 * menu: Handle of a menu. | |
3792 */ | |
3793 void API dw_menu_destroy(HMENUI *menu) | |
3794 { | |
3795 if(menu) | |
3796 WinDestroyWindow(*menu); | |
3797 } | |
3798 | |
3799 /* | |
3800 * Adds a menuitem or submenu to an existing menu. | |
3801 * Parameters: | |
3802 * menu: The handle the the existing menu. | |
3803 * title: The title text on the menu item to be added. | |
3804 * id: An ID to be used for message passing. | |
3805 * flags: Extended attributes to set on the menu. | |
3806 * end: If TRUE memu is positioned at the end of the menu. | |
3807 * check: If TRUE menu is "check"able. | |
3808 * submenu: Handle to an existing menu to be a submenu or NULL. | |
3809 */ | |
3810 HWND API dw_menu_append_item(HMENUI menux, char *title, ULONG id, ULONG flags, int end, int check, HMENUI submenu) | |
3811 { | |
3812 MENUITEM miSubMenu; | |
3813 | |
3814 if(!menux) | |
3815 return NULLHANDLE; | |
3816 | |
3817 if(end) | |
3818 miSubMenu.iPosition=MIT_END; | |
3819 else | |
3820 miSubMenu.iPosition=0; | |
3821 | |
3822 if(strlen(title) == 0) | |
3823 miSubMenu.afStyle=MIS_SEPARATOR | flags; | |
3824 else | |
3825 miSubMenu.afStyle=MIS_TEXT | flags; | |
3826 miSubMenu.afAttribute=0; | |
3827 miSubMenu.id=id; | |
3828 miSubMenu.hwndSubMenu = submenu; | |
3829 miSubMenu.hItem=NULLHANDLE; | |
3830 | |
3831 WinSendMsg(menux, | |
3832 MM_INSERTITEM, | |
3833 MPFROMP(&miSubMenu), | |
3834 MPFROMP(title)); | |
3835 return (HWND)id; | |
3836 } | |
3837 | |
3838 /* | |
3839 * Sets the state of a menu item check. | |
3840 * Parameters: | |
3841 * menu: The handle the the existing menu. | |
3842 * id: Menuitem id. | |
3843 * check: TRUE for checked FALSE for not checked. | |
3844 */ | |
3845 void API dw_menu_item_set_check(HMENUI menux, unsigned long id, int check) | |
3846 { | |
3847 if(check) | |
3848 WinSendMsg(menux, MM_SETITEMATTR, MPFROM2SHORT(id, TRUE), | |
3849 MPFROM2SHORT(MIA_CHECKED, MIA_CHECKED)); | |
3850 else | |
3851 WinSendMsg(menux, MM_SETITEMATTR, MPFROM2SHORT(id, TRUE), | |
3852 MPFROM2SHORT(MIA_CHECKED, 0)); | |
3853 } | |
3854 | |
3855 /* | |
3856 * Pops up a context menu at given x and y coordinates. | |
3857 * Parameters: | |
3858 * menu: The handle the the existing menu. | |
3859 * parent: Handle to the window initiating the popup. | |
3860 * x: X coordinate. | |
3861 * y: Y coordinate. | |
3862 */ | |
3863 void API dw_menu_popup(HMENUI *menu, HWND parent, int x, int y) | |
3864 { | |
3865 if(menu) | |
3866 { | |
3867 popup = parent; | |
3868 WinPopupMenu(HWND_DESKTOP, parent, *menu, x, dw_screen_height() - y, 0, PU_KEYBOARD | PU_MOUSEBUTTON1 | PU_VCONSTRAIN | PU_HCONSTRAIN); | |
3869 } | |
3870 } | |
3871 | |
3872 /* | |
3873 * Returns the current X and Y coordinates of the mouse pointer. | |
3874 * Parameters: | |
3875 * x: Pointer to variable to store X coordinate. | |
3876 * y: Pointer to variable to store Y coordinate. | |
3877 */ | |
3878 void API dw_pointer_query_pos(long *x, long *y) | |
3879 { | |
3880 POINTL ptl; | |
3881 | |
3882 WinQueryPointerPos(HWND_DESKTOP, &ptl); | |
3883 if(x && y) | |
3884 { | |
3885 *x = ptl.x; | |
3886 *y = dw_screen_height() - ptl.y; | |
3887 } | |
3888 } | |
3889 | |
3890 /* | |
3891 * Sets the X and Y coordinates of the mouse pointer. | |
3892 * Parameters: | |
3893 * x: X coordinate. | |
3894 * y: Y coordinate. | |
3895 */ | |
3896 void API dw_pointer_set_pos(long x, long y) | |
3897 { | |
3898 WinSetPointerPos(HWND_DESKTOP, x, dw_screen_height() - y); | |
3899 } | |
3900 | |
3901 /* | |
3902 * Create a container object to be packed. | |
3903 * Parameters: | |
3904 * id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the | |
3905 * resource file. | |
3906 */ | |
3907 HWND API dw_container_new(ULONG id) | |
3908 { | |
3909 WindowData *blah = calloc(1, sizeof(WindowData)); | |
3910 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
3911 WC_CONTAINER, | |
3912 NULL, | |
3913 WS_VISIBLE | CCS_READONLY | | |
3914 CCS_SINGLESEL | CCS_AUTOPOSITION, | |
3915 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3916 NULLHANDLE, | |
3917 HWND_TOP, | |
3918 id, | |
3919 NULL, | |
3920 NULL); | |
3921 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _TreeProc); | |
3922 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
3923 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
3924 dw_window_set_data(tmp, "_dw_container", (void *)1); | |
3925 return tmp; | |
3926 } | |
3927 | |
3928 /* | |
3929 * Create a tree object to be packed. | |
3930 * Parameters: | |
3931 * id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the | |
3932 * resource file. | |
3933 */ | |
3934 HWND API dw_tree_new(ULONG id) | |
3935 { | |
3936 CNRINFO cnrinfo; | |
3937 WindowData *blah = calloc(1, sizeof(WindowData)); | |
3938 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
3939 WC_CONTAINER, | |
3940 NULL, | |
3941 WS_VISIBLE | CCS_READONLY | | |
3942 CCS_SINGLESEL | CCS_AUTOPOSITION, | |
3943 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3944 NULLHANDLE, | |
3945 HWND_TOP, | |
3946 id, | |
3947 NULL, | |
3948 NULL); | |
3949 | |
3950 cnrinfo.flWindowAttr = CV_TREE | CA_TREELINE; | |
3951 cnrinfo.slBitmapOrIcon.cx = 16; | |
3952 cnrinfo.slBitmapOrIcon.cy = 16; | |
3953 cnrinfo.cyLineSpacing = 0; | |
3954 cnrinfo.cxTreeIndent = 16; | |
3955 cnrinfo.cxTreeLine = 1; | |
3956 | |
3957 WinSendMsg(tmp, CM_SETCNRINFO, &cnrinfo, MPFROMLONG(CMA_FLWINDOWATTR | CMA_SLBITMAPORICON | | |
3958 CMA_LINESPACING | CMA_CXTREEINDENT | CMA_CXTREELINE)); | |
3959 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _TreeProc); | |
3960 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
3961 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
3962 return tmp; | |
3963 } | |
3964 | |
3965 /* | |
3966 * Create a new static text window (widget) to be packed. | |
3967 * Parameters: | |
3968 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. | |
3969 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
3970 */ | |
3971 HWND API dw_text_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
3972 { | |
3973 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
3974 WC_STATIC, | |
3975 text, | |
3976 WS_VISIBLE | SS_TEXT, | |
3977 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3978 NULLHANDLE, | |
3979 HWND_TOP, | |
3980 id, | |
3981 NULL, | |
3982 NULL); | |
3983 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
3984 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
3985 return tmp; | |
3986 } | |
3987 | |
3988 /* | |
3989 * Create a new status text window (widget) to be packed. | |
3990 * Parameters: | |
3991 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. | |
3992 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
3993 */ | |
3994 HWND API dw_status_text_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
3995 { | |
3996 WindowData *blah = calloc(sizeof(WindowData), 1); | |
3997 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
3998 WC_STATIC, | |
3999 text, | |
4000 WS_VISIBLE | SS_TEXT, | |
4001 0,0,2000,1000, | |
4002 NULLHANDLE, | |
4003 HWND_TOP, | |
4004 id, | |
4005 NULL, | |
4006 NULL); | |
4007 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _statusproc); | |
4008 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
4009 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
4010 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
4011 return tmp; | |
4012 } | |
4013 | |
4014 #ifndef MLS_LIMITVSCROLL | |
4015 #define MLS_LIMITVSCROLL 0x00000080L | |
4016 #endif | |
4017 | |
4018 /* | |
4019 * Create a new Multiline Editbox window (widget) to be packed. | |
4020 * Parameters: | |
4021 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
4022 */ | |
4023 HWND API dw_mle_new(ULONG id) | |
4024 { | |
4025 WindowData *blah = calloc(1, sizeof(WindowData)); | |
4026 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
4027 WC_MLE, | |
4028 "", | |
4029 WS_VISIBLE | | |
4030 MLS_BORDER | MLS_IGNORETAB | | |
4031 MLS_READONLY | MLS_VSCROLL | | |
4032 MLS_LIMITVSCROLL, | |
4033 0,0,2000,1000, | |
4034 NULLHANDLE, | |
4035 HWND_TOP, | |
4036 id, | |
4037 NULL, | |
4038 NULL); | |
4039 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _mleproc); | |
4040 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
4041 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
4042 return tmp; | |
4043 } | |
4044 | |
4045 /* | |
4046 * Create a new Entryfield window (widget) to be packed. | |
4047 * Parameters: | |
4048 * text: The default text to be in the entryfield widget. | |
4049 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
4050 */ | |
4051 HWND API dw_entryfield_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
4052 { | |
4053 | |
4054 WindowData *blah = calloc(1, sizeof(WindowData)); | |
4055 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
4056 WC_ENTRYFIELD, | |
4057 text, | |
4058 WS_VISIBLE | ES_MARGIN | | |
4059 ES_AUTOSCROLL | WS_TABSTOP, | |
4060 0,0,2000,1000, | |
4061 NULLHANDLE, | |
4062 HWND_TOP, | |
4063 id, | |
4064 NULL, | |
4065 NULL); | |
4066 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc); | |
4067 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
4068 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
4069 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_WHITE); | |
4070 return tmp; | |
4071 } | |
4072 | |
4073 /* | |
4074 * Create a new Entryfield (password) window (widget) to be packed. | |
4075 * Parameters: | |
4076 * text: The default text to be in the entryfield widget. | |
4077 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
4078 */ | |
4079 HWND API dw_entryfield_password_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
4080 { | |
4081 WindowData *blah = calloc(1, sizeof(WindowData)); | |
4082 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
4083 WC_ENTRYFIELD, | |
4084 text, | |
4085 WS_VISIBLE | ES_MARGIN | ES_UNREADABLE | | |
4086 ES_AUTOSCROLL | WS_TABSTOP, | |
4087 0,0,2000,1000, | |
4088 NULLHANDLE, | |
4089 HWND_TOP, | |
4090 id, | |
4091 NULL, | |
4092 NULL); | |
4093 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc); | |
4094 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
4095 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
4096 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_WHITE); | |
4097 return tmp; | |
4098 } | |
4099 | |
4100 /* | |
4101 * Create a new Combobox window (widget) to be packed. | |
4102 * Parameters: | |
4103 * text: The default text to be in the combpbox widget. | |
4104 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
4105 */ | |
4106 HWND API dw_combobox_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
4107 { | |
4108 WindowData *blah = calloc(1, sizeof(WindowData)); | |
4109 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
4110 WC_COMBOBOX, | |
4111 text, | |
4112 WS_VISIBLE | CBS_DROPDOWN | WS_GROUP, | |
4113 0,0,2000,1000, | |
4114 NULLHANDLE, | |
4115 HWND_TOP, | |
4116 id, | |
4117 NULL, | |
4118 NULL); | |
4119 HENUM henum = WinBeginEnumWindows(tmp); | |
4120 HWND child; | |
4121 | |
4122 while((child = WinGetNextWindow(henum)) != NULLHANDLE) | |
4123 { | |
4124 WindowData *moreblah = calloc(1, sizeof(WindowData)); | |
4125 moreblah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(child, _comboentryproc); | |
4126 WinSetWindowPtr(child, QWP_USER, moreblah); | |
4127 dw_window_set_color(child, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_WHITE); | |
4128 } | |
4129 WinEndEnumWindows(henum); | |
4130 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _comboproc); | |
4131 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
4132 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
4133 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_WHITE); | |
4134 return tmp; | |
4135 } | |
4136 | |
4137 /* | |
4138 * Create a new button window (widget) to be packed. | |
4139 * Parameters: | |
4140 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. | |
4141 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
4142 */ | |
4143 HWND API dw_button_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
4144 { | |
4145 BubbleButton *bubble = calloc(sizeof(BubbleButton), 1); | |
4146 | |
4147 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
4148 WC_BUTTON, | |
4149 text, | |
4150 WS_VISIBLE, | |
4151 0,0,2000,1000, | |
4152 NULLHANDLE, | |
4153 HWND_TOP, | |
4154 id, | |
4155 NULL, | |
4156 NULL); | |
4157 | |
4158 bubble->id = id; | |
4159 bubble->bubbletext[0] = '\0'; | |
4160 bubble->pOldProc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _BtProc); | |
4161 | |
4162 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, bubble); | |
4163 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
4164 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
4165 return tmp; | |
4166 } | |
4167 | |
4168 /* Function: GenResIDStr | |
4169 ** Abstract: Generate string '#nnnn' for a given ID for using with Button | |
4170 ** controls | |
4171 */ | |
4172 | |
4173 void _GenResIDStr(CHAR *buff, ULONG ulID) | |
4174 { | |
4175 char *str; | |
4176 int slen = 0; | |
4177 | |
4178 *buff++ = '#'; | |
4179 | |
4180 str = buff; | |
4181 | |
4182 do | |
4183 { | |
4184 *str++ = (ulID % 10) + '0'; | |
4185 ulID /= 10; | |
4186 slen++; | |
4187 } | |
4188 while(ulID); | |
4189 | |
4190 *str-- = 0; | |
4191 | |
4192 for(; str > buff; str--, buff++) | |
4193 { | |
4194 *buff ^= *str; | |
4195 *str ^= *buff; | |
4196 *buff ^= *str; | |
4197 } | |
4198 } | |
4199 | |
4200 | |
4201 /* | |
4202 * Create a new bitmap button window (widget) to be packed. | |
4203 * Parameters: | |
4204 * text: Bubble help text to be displayed. | |
4205 * id: An ID of a bitmap in the resource file. | |
4206 */ | |
4207 HWND API dw_bitmapbutton_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
4208 { | |
4209 char idbuf[256]; | |
4210 HWND tmp; | |
4211 BubbleButton *bubble = calloc(sizeof(BubbleButton), 1); | |
4212 | |
4213 _GenResIDStr(idbuf, id); | |
4214 | |
4215 tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
4216 WC_BUTTON, | |
4217 idbuf, | |
4218 WS_VISIBLE | BS_PUSHBUTTON | | |
4219 BS_BITMAP | BS_AUTOSIZE | | |
4220 BS_NOPOINTERFOCUS, | |
4221 0,0,2000,1000, | |
4222 NULLHANDLE, | |
4223 HWND_TOP, | |
4224 id, | |
4225 NULL, | |
4226 NULL); | |
4227 | |
4228 bubble->id = id; | |
4229 strncpy(bubble->bubbletext, text, BUBBLE_HELP_MAX - 1); | |
4230 bubble->bubbletext[BUBBLE_HELP_MAX - 1] = '\0'; | |
4231 bubble->pOldProc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _BtProc); | |
4232 | |
4233 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, bubble); | |
4234 return tmp; | |
4235 } | |
4236 | |
4237 /* | |
4238 * Create a new spinbutton window (widget) to be packed. | |
4239 * Parameters: | |
4240 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. | |
4241 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
4242 */ | |
4243 HWND API dw_spinbutton_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
4244 { | |
4245 WindowData *blah = calloc(sizeof(WindowData), 1); | |
4246 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
4247 WC_SPINBUTTON, | |
4248 text, | |
4249 WS_VISIBLE | SPBS_MASTER, | |
4250 0,0,2000,1000, | |
4251 NULLHANDLE, | |
4252 HWND_TOP, | |
4253 id, | |
4254 NULL, | |
4255 NULL); | |
4256 HWND entry = _find_entryfield(tmp); | |
4257 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc); | |
4258 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
4259 blah = calloc(sizeof(WindowData), 1); | |
4260 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(entry, _spinentryproc); | |
4261 WinSetWindowPtr(entry, QWP_USER, blah); | |
4262 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
4263 dw_window_set_color(entry, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_WHITE); | |
4264 return tmp; | |
4265 } | |
4266 | |
4267 /* | |
4268 * Create a new radiobutton window (widget) to be packed. | |
4269 * Parameters: | |
4270 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. | |
4271 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
4272 */ | |
4273 HWND API dw_radiobutton_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
4274 { | |
4275 WindowData *blah = calloc(sizeof(WindowData), 1); | |
4276 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
4277 WC_BUTTON, | |
4278 text, | |
4279 WS_VISIBLE | | |
4280 BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON, | |
4281 0,0,2000,1000, | |
4282 NULLHANDLE, | |
4283 HWND_TOP, | |
4284 id, | |
4285 NULL, | |
4286 NULL); | |
4287 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc); | |
4288 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
4289 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
4290 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
4291 return tmp; | |
4292 } | |
4293 | |
4294 | |
4295 /* | |
4296 * Create a new slider window (widget) to be packed. | |
4297 * Parameters: | |
4298 * vertical: TRUE or FALSE if slider is vertical. | |
4299 * increments: Number of increments available. | |
4300 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
4301 */ | |
4302 HWND API dw_slider_new(int vertical, int increments, ULONG id) | |
4303 { | |
4304 WindowData *blah = calloc(1, sizeof(WindowData)); | |
4305 SLDCDATA sldcData = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; | |
4306 HWND tmp; | |
4307 | |
4308 sldcData.cbSize = sizeof(SLDCDATA); | |
4309 sldcData.usScale1Increments = increments; | |
4310 | |
4311 tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
4312 WC_SLIDER, | |
4313 "", | |
4314 WS_VISIBLE | SLS_SNAPTOINCREMENT | | |
4315 (vertical ? SLS_VERTICAL : SLS_HORIZONTAL), | |
4316 0,0,2000,1000, | |
4317 NULLHANDLE, | |
4318 HWND_TOP, | |
4319 id, | |
4320 &sldcData, | |
4321 NULL); | |
4322 | |
4323 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc); | |
4324 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
4325 return tmp; | |
4326 } | |
4327 | |
4328 /* | |
4329 * Create a new scrollbar window (widget) to be packed. | |
4330 * Parameters: | |
4331 * vertical: TRUE or FALSE if scrollbar is vertical. | |
4332 * increments: Number of increments available. | |
4333 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
4334 */ | |
4335 HWND API dw_scrollbar_new(int vertical, int increments, ULONG id) | |
4336 { | |
4337 return WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
4338 WC_SCROLLBAR, | |
4339 "", | |
4340 WS_VISIBLE | SBS_AUTOTRACK | | |
4341 (vertical ? SBS_VERT : SBS_HORZ), | |
4342 0,0,2000,1000, | |
4343 NULLHANDLE, | |
4344 HWND_TOP, | |
4345 id, | |
4346 NULL, | |
4347 NULL); | |
4348 } | |
4349 | |
4350 /* | |
4351 * Create a new percent bar window (widget) to be packed. | |
4352 * Parameters: | |
4353 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
4354 */ | |
4355 HWND API dw_percent_new(ULONG id) | |
4356 { | |
4357 WindowData *blah = calloc(1, sizeof(WindowData)); | |
4358 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
4359 WC_SLIDER, | |
4360 "", | |
4361 WS_VISIBLE | SLS_READONLY | |
4362 | SLS_RIBBONSTRIP, | |
4363 0,0,2000,1000, | |
4364 NULLHANDLE, | |
4365 HWND_TOP, | |
4366 id, | |
4367 NULL, | |
4368 NULL); | |
4369 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _percentproc); | |
4370 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
4371 dw_window_disable(tmp); | |
4372 return tmp; | |
4373 } | |
4374 | |
4375 /* | |
4376 * Create a new checkbox window (widget) to be packed. | |
4377 * Parameters: | |
4378 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. | |
4379 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
4380 */ | |
4381 HWND API dw_checkbox_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
4382 { | |
4383 BubbleButton *bubble = calloc(sizeof(BubbleButton), 1); | |
4384 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
4385 WC_BUTTON, | |
4386 text, | |
4387 WS_VISIBLE | BS_AUTOCHECKBOX, | |
4388 0,0,2000,1000, | |
4389 NULLHANDLE, | |
4390 HWND_TOP, | |
4391 id, | |
4392 NULL, | |
4393 NULL); | |
4394 bubble->id = id; | |
4395 bubble->bubbletext[0] = '\0'; | |
4396 bubble->pOldProc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _BtProc); | |
4397 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, bubble); | |
4398 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
4399 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
4400 return tmp; | |
4401 } | |
4402 | |
4403 /* | |
4404 * Create a new listbox window (widget) to be packed. | |
4405 * Parameters: | |
4406 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
4407 * multi: Multiple select TRUE or FALSE. | |
4408 */ | |
4409 HWND API dw_listbox_new(ULONG id, int multi) | |
4410 { | |
4411 WindowData *blah = calloc(sizeof(WindowData), 1); | |
4412 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
4413 WC_LISTBOX, | |
4414 NULL, | |
4415 WS_VISIBLE | LS_NOADJUSTPOS | | |
4416 (multi ? LS_MULTIPLESEL : 0), | |
4417 0,0,2000,1000, | |
4418 NULLHANDLE, | |
4419 HWND_TOP, | |
4420 id, | |
4421 NULL, | |
4422 NULL); | |
4423 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc); | |
4424 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
4425 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
4426 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_WHITE); | |
4427 return tmp; | |
4428 } | |
4429 | |
4430 /* | |
4431 * Sets the icon used for a given window. | |
4432 * Parameters: | |
4433 * handle: Handle to the window. | |
4434 * id: An ID to be used to specify the icon. | |
4435 */ | |
4436 void API dw_window_set_icon(HWND handle, ULONG id) | |
4437 { | |
4438 HPOINTER icon; | |
4439 | |
4440 icon = WinLoadPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,NULLHANDLE,id); | |
4441 WinSendMsg(handle, WM_SETICON, (MPARAM)icon, 0); | |
4442 } | |
4443 | |
4444 /* | |
4445 * Sets the bitmap used for a given static window. | |
4446 * Parameters: | |
4447 * handle: Handle to the window. | |
4448 * id: An ID to be used to specify the icon. | |
4449 */ | |
4450 void API dw_window_set_bitmap(HWND handle, ULONG id) | |
4451 { | |
4452 HBITMAP hbm; | |
4453 HPS hps = WinGetPS(handle); | |
4454 | |
4455 hbm = GpiLoadBitmap(hps, NULLHANDLE, id, 0, 0); | |
4456 WinSetWindowBits(handle,QWL_STYLE,SS_BITMAP,SS_BITMAP | 0x7f); | |
4457 WinSendMsg( handle, SM_SETHANDLE, MPFROMP(hbm), NULL ); | |
4458 /*WinSetWindowULong( hwndDlg, QWL_USER, (ULONG) hbm );*/ | |
4459 WinReleasePS(hps); | |
4460 } | |
4461 | |
4462 /* | |
4463 * Sets the text used for a given window. | |
4464 * Parameters: | |
4465 * handle: Handle to the window. | |
4466 * text: The text associsated with a given window. | |
4467 */ | |
4468 void API dw_window_set_text(HWND handle, char *text) | |
4469 { | |
4470 WinSetWindowText(handle, text); | |
4471 } | |
4472 | |
4473 /* | |
4474 * Gets the text used for a given window. | |
4475 * Parameters: | |
4476 * handle: Handle to the window. | |
4477 * Returns: | |
4478 * text: The text associsated with a given window. | |
4479 */ | |
4480 char * API dw_window_get_text(HWND handle) | |
4481 { | |
4482 int len = WinQueryWindowTextLength(handle); | |
4483 char *tempbuf = calloc(1, len + 2); | |
4484 | |
4485 WinQueryWindowText(handle, len + 1, tempbuf); | |
4486 | |
4487 return tempbuf; | |
4488 } | |
4489 | |
4490 /* | |
4491 * Disables given window (widget). | |
4492 * Parameters: | |
4493 * handle: Handle to the window. | |
4494 */ | |
4495 void API dw_window_disable(HWND handle) | |
4496 { | |
4497 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
4498 | |
4499 if(dw_window_get_data(handle, "_dw_disabled")) | |
4500 return; | |
4501 | |
4502 WinQueryClassName(handle, 99, tmpbuf); | |
4503 dw_window_set_data(handle, "_dw_disabled", (void *)1); | |
4504 | |
4505 if(tmpbuf[0] == '#') | |
4506 { | |
4507 int val = atoi(&tmpbuf[1]); | |
4508 HWND hwnd; | |
4509 | |
4510 switch(val) | |
4511 { | |
4512 case 2: | |
4513 case 6: | |
4514 case 10: | |
4515 case 32: | |
4516 case 7: | |
4517 hwnd = _find_entryfield(handle); | |
4518 _dw_window_set_color(hwnd ? hwnd : handle, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
4519 dw_signal_connect(hwnd ? hwnd : handle, "key_press_event", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(_null_key), (void *)100); | |
4520 if(val == 2) | |
4521 dw_signal_connect(handle, "button_press_event", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(_null_key), (void *)100); | |
4522 if(hwnd) | |
4523 dw_window_set_data(hwnd, "_dw_disabled", (void *)1); | |
4524 return; | |
4525 case 3: | |
4526 _dw_window_set_color(handle, DW_CLR_DARKGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
4527 dw_signal_connect(handle, "key_press_event", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(_null_key), (void *)100); | |
4528 dw_signal_connect(handle, "button_press_event", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(_null_key), (void *)100); | |
4529 return; | |
4530 } | |
4531 } | |
4532 WinEnableWindow(handle, FALSE); | |
4533 } | |
4534 | |
4535 /* | |
4536 * Enables given window (widget). | |
4537 * Parameters: | |
4538 * handle: Handle to the window. | |
4539 */ | |
4540 void API dw_window_enable(HWND handle) | |
4541 { | |
4542 ULONG fore = (ULONG)dw_window_get_data(handle, "_dw_fore"); | |
4543 ULONG back = (ULONG)dw_window_get_data(handle, "_dw_back"); | |
4544 HWND hwnd = _find_entryfield(handle); | |
4545 | |
4546 dw_window_set_data(handle, "_dw_disabled", 0); | |
4547 if(hwnd) | |
4548 dw_window_set_data(hwnd, "_dw_disabled", 0); | |
4549 if(fore && back) | |
4550 _dw_window_set_color(hwnd ? hwnd : handle, fore, back); | |
4551 dw_signal_disconnect_by_data(handle, (void *)100); | |
4552 WinEnableWindow(handle, TRUE); | |
4553 } | |
4554 | |
4555 /* | |
4556 * Gets the child window handle with specified ID. | |
4557 * Parameters: | |
4558 * handle: Handle to the parent window. | |
4559 * id: Integer ID of the child. | |
4560 */ | |
4561 HWND API dw_window_from_id(HWND handle, int id) | |
4562 { | |
4563 HENUM henum; | |
4564 HWND child; | |
4565 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
4566 | |
4567 henum = WinBeginEnumWindows(handle); | |
4568 while((child = WinGetNextWindow(henum)) != NULLHANDLE) | |
4569 { | |
4570 int windowid = WinQueryWindowUShort(child, QWS_ID); | |
4571 HWND found; | |
4572 | |
4573 WinQueryClassName(child, 99, tmpbuf); | |
4574 | |
4575 /* If the child is a box (frame) then recurse into it */ | |
4576 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#1", 3)==0) | |
4577 if((found = dw_window_from_id(child, id)) != NULLHANDLE) | |
4578 return found; | |
4579 | |
4580 if(windowid && windowid == id) | |
4581 { | |
4582 WinEndEnumWindows(henum); | |
4583 return child; | |
4584 } | |
4585 } | |
4586 WinEndEnumWindows(henum); | |
4587 return NULLHANDLE; | |
4588 } | |
4589 | |
4590 /* | |
4591 * Pack windows (widgets) into a box from the end (or bottom). | |
4592 * Parameters: | |
4593 * box: Window handle of the box to be packed into. | |
4594 * item: Window handle of the item to be back. | |
4595 * width: Width in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined. | |
4596 * height: Height in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined. | |
4597 * hsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand horizontally to fill space given. | |
4598 * vsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand vertically to fill space given. | |
4599 * pad: Number of pixels of padding around the item. | |
4600 */ | |
4601 void API dw_box_pack_end(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad) | |
4602 { | |
4603 Box *thisbox; | |
4604 | |
4605 if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT)) | |
4606 { | |
4607 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT); | |
4608 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
4609 } | |
4610 else | |
4611 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
4612 if(thisbox) | |
4613 { | |
4614 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | |
4615 dw_box_pack_start_stub(box, item, width, height, hsize, vsize, pad); | |
4616 else | |
4617 dw_box_pack_end_stub(box, item, width, height, hsize, vsize, pad); | |
4618 } | |
4619 } | |
4620 | |
4621 void dw_box_pack_end_stub(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad) | |
4622 { | |
4623 Box *thisbox; | |
4624 | |
4625 if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT)) | |
4626 { | |
4627 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT); | |
4628 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
4629 hsize = TRUE; | |
4630 vsize = TRUE; | |
4631 } | |
4632 else | |
4633 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
4634 if(!thisbox) | |
4635 { | |
4636 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT); | |
4637 if(box) | |
4638 { | |
4639 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
4640 hsize = TRUE; | |
4641 vsize = TRUE; | |
4642 } | |
4643 } | |
4644 if(thisbox) | |
4645 { | |
4646 int z; | |
4647 Item *tmpitem, *thisitem = thisbox->items; | |
4648 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
4649 | |
4650 tmpitem = malloc(sizeof(Item)*(thisbox->count+1)); | |
4651 | |
4652 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) | |
4653 { | |
4654 tmpitem[z] = thisitem[z]; | |
4655 } | |
4656 | |
4657 WinQueryClassName(item, 99, tmpbuf); | |
4658 | |
4659 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#1", 3)==0) | |
4660 tmpitem[thisbox->count].type = TYPEBOX; | |
4661 else | |
4662 tmpitem[thisbox->count].type = TYPEITEM; | |
4663 | |
4664 tmpitem[thisbox->count].hwnd = item; | |
4665 tmpitem[thisbox->count].origwidth = tmpitem[thisbox->count].width = width; | |
4666 tmpitem[thisbox->count].origheight = tmpitem[thisbox->count].height = height; | |
4667 tmpitem[thisbox->count].pad = pad; | |
4668 if(hsize) | |
4669 tmpitem[thisbox->count].hsize = SIZEEXPAND; | |
4670 else | |
4671 tmpitem[thisbox->count].hsize = SIZESTATIC; | |
4672 | |
4673 if(vsize) | |
4674 tmpitem[thisbox->count].vsize = SIZEEXPAND; | |
4675 else | |
4676 tmpitem[thisbox->count].vsize = SIZESTATIC; | |
4677 | |
4678 thisbox->items = tmpitem; | |
4679 | |
4680 if(thisbox->count) | |
4681 free(thisitem); | |
4682 | |
4683 thisbox->count++; | |
4684 | |
4685 /* Don't set the ownership if it's an entryfield or spinbutton */ | |
4686 WinQueryClassName(item, 99, tmpbuf); | |
4687 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 3)!=0 && strncmp(tmpbuf, "#32", 4)!=0) | |
4688 WinSetOwner(item, box); | |
4689 WinSetParent(item, box, FALSE); | |
4690 } | |
4691 } | |
4692 | |
4693 /* | |
4694 * Sets the size of a given window (widget). | |
4695 * Parameters: | |
4696 * handle: Window (widget) handle. | |
4697 * width: New width in pixels. | |
4698 * height: New height in pixels. | |
4699 */ | |
4700 void API dw_window_set_usize(HWND handle, ULONG width, ULONG height) | |
4701 { | |
4702 WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, 0, 0, width, height, SWP_SHOW | SWP_SIZE); | |
4703 } | |
4704 | |
4705 /* | |
4706 * Returns the width of the screen. | |
4707 */ | |
4708 int API dw_screen_width(void) | |
4709 { | |
4710 return WinQuerySysValue(HWND_DESKTOP,SV_CXSCREEN); | |
4711 } | |
4712 | |
4713 /* | |
4714 * Returns the height of the screen. | |
4715 */ | |
4716 int API dw_screen_height(void) | |
4717 { | |
4718 return WinQuerySysValue(HWND_DESKTOP,SV_CYSCREEN); | |
4719 } | |
4720 | |
4721 /* This should return the current color depth */ | |
4722 unsigned long API dw_color_depth(void) | |
4723 { | |
4724 HDC hdc = WinOpenWindowDC(HWND_DESKTOP); | |
4725 long colors; | |
4726 | |
4727 DevQueryCaps(hdc, CAPS_COLOR_BITCOUNT, 1, &colors); | |
4728 DevCloseDC(hdc); | |
4729 return colors; | |
4730 } | |
4731 | |
4732 | |
4733 /* | |
4734 * Sets the position of a given window (widget). | |
4735 * Parameters: | |
4736 * handle: Window (widget) handle. | |
4737 * x: X location from the bottom left. | |
4738 * y: Y location from the bottom left. | |
4739 */ | |
4740 void API dw_window_set_pos(HWND handle, ULONG x, ULONG y) | |
4741 { | |
4742 int myy = _get_frame_height(handle) - (y + _get_height(handle)); | |
4743 | |
4744 WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, x, myy, 0, 0, SWP_MOVE); | |
4745 } | |
4746 | |
4747 /* | |
4748 * Sets the position and size of a given window (widget). | |
4749 * Parameters: | |
4750 * handle: Window (widget) handle. | |
4751 * x: X location from the bottom left. | |
4752 * y: Y location from the bottom left. | |
4753 * width: Width of the widget. | |
4754 * height: Height of the widget. | |
4755 */ | |
4756 void API dw_window_set_pos_size(HWND handle, ULONG x, ULONG y, ULONG width, ULONG height) | |
4757 { | |
4758 int myy = _get_frame_height(handle) - (y + height); | |
4759 | |
4760 WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, x, myy, width, height, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_SHOW); | |
4761 } | |
4762 | |
4763 /* | |
4764 * Gets the position and size of a given window (widget). | |
4765 * Parameters: | |
4766 * handle: Window (widget) handle. | |
4767 * x: X location from the bottom left. | |
4768 * y: Y location from the bottom left. | |
4769 * width: Width of the widget. | |
4770 * height: Height of the widget. | |
4771 */ | |
4772 void API dw_window_get_pos_size(HWND handle, ULONG *x, ULONG *y, ULONG *width, ULONG *height) | |
4773 { | |
4774 SWP swp; | |
4775 WinQueryWindowPos(handle, &swp); | |
4776 if(x) | |
4777 *x = swp.x; | |
4778 if(y) | |
4779 *y = _get_frame_height(handle) - (swp.y + swp.cy); | |
4780 if(width) | |
4781 *width = swp.cx; | |
4782 if(height) | |
4783 *height = swp.cy; | |
4784 } | |
4785 | |
4786 /* | |
4787 * Sets the style of a given window (widget). | |
4788 * Parameters: | |
4789 * handle: Window (widget) handle. | |
4790 * width: New width in pixels. | |
4791 * height: New height in pixels. | |
4792 */ | |
4793 void API dw_window_set_style(HWND handle, ULONG style, ULONG mask) | |
4794 { | |
4795 WinSetWindowBits(handle, QWL_STYLE, style, mask); | |
4796 } | |
4797 | |
4798 /* | |
4799 * Adds a new page to specified notebook. | |
4800 * Parameters: | |
4801 * handle: Window (widget) handle. | |
4802 * flags: Any additional page creation flags. | |
4803 * front: If TRUE page is added at the beginning. | |
4804 */ | |
4805 unsigned long API dw_notebook_page_new(HWND handle, ULONG flags, int front) | |
4806 { | |
4807 if(front) | |
4808 return (ULONG)WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_INSERTPAGE, 0L, | |
4809 MPFROM2SHORT((BKA_STATUSTEXTON | BKA_AUTOPAGESIZE | BKA_MAJOR | flags), BKA_FIRST)); | |
4810 return (ULONG)WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_INSERTPAGE, 0L, | |
4811 MPFROM2SHORT((BKA_STATUSTEXTON | BKA_AUTOPAGESIZE | BKA_MAJOR | flags), BKA_LAST)); | |
4812 } | |
4813 | |
4814 /* | |
4815 * Remove a page from a notebook. | |
4816 * Parameters: | |
4817 * handle: Handle to the notebook widget. | |
4818 * pageid: ID of the page to be destroyed. | |
4819 */ | |
4820 void API dw_notebook_page_destroy(HWND handle, unsigned int pageid) | |
4821 { | |
4822 WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_DELETEPAGE, | |
4823 MPFROMLONG(pageid), (MPARAM)BKA_SINGLE); | |
4824 } | |
4825 | |
4826 /* | |
4827 * Queries the currently visible page ID. | |
4828 * Parameters: | |
4829 * handle: Handle to the notebook widget. | |
4830 */ | |
4831 unsigned int API dw_notebook_page_query(HWND handle) | |
4832 { | |
4833 return (int)WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_QUERYPAGEID,0L, MPFROM2SHORT(BKA_TOP, BKA_MAJOR)); | |
4834 } | |
4835 | |
4836 /* | |
4837 * Sets the currently visibale page ID. | |
4838 * Parameters: | |
4839 * handle: Handle to the notebook widget. | |
4840 * pageid: ID of the page to be made visible. | |
4841 */ | |
4842 void API dw_notebook_page_set(HWND handle, unsigned int pageid) | |
4843 { | |
4844 WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_TURNTOPAGE, MPFROMLONG(pageid), 0L); | |
4845 } | |
4846 | |
4847 /* | |
4848 * Sets the text on the specified notebook tab. | |
4849 * Parameters: | |
4850 * handle: Notebook handle. | |
4851 * pageid: Page ID of the tab to set. | |
4852 * text: Pointer to the text to set. | |
4853 */ | |
4854 void API dw_notebook_page_set_text(HWND handle, ULONG pageid, char *text) | |
4855 { | |
4856 WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_SETTABTEXT, | |
4857 MPFROMLONG(pageid), MPFROMP(text)); | |
4858 } | |
4859 | |
4860 /* | |
4861 * Sets the text on the specified notebook tab status area. | |
4862 * Parameters: | |
4863 * handle: Notebook handle. | |
4864 * pageid: Page ID of the tab to set. | |
4865 * text: Pointer to the text to set. | |
4866 */ | |
4867 void API dw_notebook_page_set_status_text(HWND handle, ULONG pageid, char *text) | |
4868 { | |
4869 WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_SETSTATUSLINETEXT, | |
4870 MPFROMLONG(pageid), MPFROMP(text)); | |
4871 } | |
4872 | |
4873 /* | |
4874 * Packs the specified box into the notebook page. | |
4875 * Parameters: | |
4876 * handle: Handle to the notebook to be packed. | |
4877 * pageid: Page ID in the notebook which is being packed. | |
4878 * page: Box handle to be packed. | |
4879 */ | |
4880 void API dw_notebook_pack(HWND handle, ULONG pageid, HWND page) | |
4881 { | |
4882 HWND tmpbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 0); | |
4883 | |
4884 dw_box_pack_start(tmpbox, page, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
4885 WinSubclassWindow(tmpbox, _wndproc); | |
4886 WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_SETPAGEWINDOWHWND, | |
4887 MPFROMLONG(pageid), MPFROMHWND(tmpbox)); | |
4888 } | |
4889 | |
4890 /* | |
4891 * Appends the specified text to the listbox's (or combobox) entry list. | |
4892 * Parameters: | |
4893 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be appended to. | |
4894 * text: Text to append into listbox. | |
4895 */ | |
4896 void API dw_listbox_append(HWND handle, char *text) | |
4897 { | |
4898 WinSendMsg(handle, | |
4899 LM_INSERTITEM, | |
4900 MPFROMSHORT(LIT_END), | |
4901 MPFROMP(text)); | |
4902 } | |
4903 | |
4904 /* | |
4905 * Clears the listbox's (or combobox) list of all entries. | |
4906 * Parameters: | |
4907 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared. | |
4908 */ | |
4909 void API dw_listbox_clear(HWND handle) | |
4910 { | |
4911 WinSendMsg(handle, | |
4912 LM_DELETEALL, 0L, 0L); | |
4913 } | |
4914 | |
4915 /* | |
4916 * Returns the listbox's item count. | |
4917 * Parameters: | |
4918 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared. | |
4919 */ | |
4920 int API dw_listbox_count(HWND handle) | |
4921 { | |
4922 return (int)WinSendMsg(handle, | |
4923 LM_QUERYITEMCOUNT,0L, 0L); | |
4924 } | |
4925 | |
4926 /* | |
4927 * Sets the topmost item in the viewport. | |
4928 * Parameters: | |
4929 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared. | |
4930 * top: Index to the top item. | |
4931 */ | |
4932 void API dw_listbox_set_top(HWND handle, int top) | |
4933 { | |
4934 WinSendMsg(handle, | |
4935 LM_SETTOPINDEX, | |
4936 MPFROMSHORT(top), | |
4937 0L); | |
4938 } | |
4939 | |
4940 /* | |
4941 * Copies the given index item's text into buffer. | |
4942 * Parameters: | |
4943 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried. | |
4944 * index: Index into the list to be queried. | |
4945 * buffer: Buffer where text will be copied. | |
4946 * length: Length of the buffer (including NULL). | |
4947 */ | |
4948 void API dw_listbox_query_text(HWND handle, unsigned int index, char *buffer, unsigned int length) | |
4949 { | |
4950 WinSendMsg(handle, LM_QUERYITEMTEXT, MPFROM2SHORT(index, length), (MPARAM)buffer); | |
4951 } | |
4952 | |
4953 /* | |
4954 * Sets the text of a given listbox entry. | |
4955 * Parameters: | |
4956 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried. | |
4957 * index: Index into the list to be queried. | |
4958 * buffer: Buffer where text will be copied. | |
4959 */ | |
4960 void API dw_listbox_set_text(HWND handle, unsigned int index, char *buffer) | |
4961 { | |
4962 WinSendMsg(handle, LM_SETITEMTEXT, MPFROMSHORT(index), (MPARAM)buffer); | |
4963 } | |
4964 | |
4965 /* | |
4966 * Returns the index to the item in the list currently selected. | |
4967 * Parameters: | |
4968 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried. | |
4969 */ | |
4970 unsigned int API dw_listbox_selected(HWND handle) | |
4971 { | |
4972 return (unsigned int)WinSendMsg(handle, | |
4973 LM_QUERYSELECTION, | |
4974 MPFROMSHORT(LIT_CURSOR), | |
4975 0); | |
4976 } | |
4977 | |
4978 /* | |
4979 * Returns the index to the current selected item or -1 when done. | |
4980 * Parameters: | |
4981 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried. | |
4982 * where: Either the previous return or -1 to restart. | |
4983 */ | |
4984 int API dw_listbox_selected_multi(HWND handle, int where) | |
4985 { | |
4986 int place = where; | |
4987 | |
4988 if(where == -1) | |
4989 place = LIT_FIRST; | |
4990 | |
4991 place = (int)WinSendMsg(handle, | |
4992 LM_QUERYSELECTION, | |
4993 MPFROMSHORT(place),0L); | |
4994 if(place == LIT_NONE) | |
4995 return -1; | |
4996 return place; | |
4997 } | |
4998 | |
4999 /* | |
5000 * Sets the selection state of a given index. | |
5001 * Parameters: | |
5002 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be set. | |
5003 * index: Item index. | |
5004 * state: TRUE if selected FALSE if unselected. | |
5005 */ | |
5006 void API dw_listbox_select(HWND handle, int index, int state) | |
5007 { | |
5008 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
5009 | |
5010 WinSendMsg(handle, LM_SELECTITEM, MPFROMSHORT(index), (MPARAM)state); | |
5011 | |
5012 WinQueryClassName(handle, 99, tmpbuf); | |
5013 | |
5014 /* If we are setting a combobox call the event handler manually */ | |
5015 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 3)==0) | |
5016 _run_event(handle, WM_CONTROL, MPFROM2SHORT(0, LN_SELECT), (MPARAM)handle); | |
5017 } | |
5018 | |
5019 /* | |
5020 * Deletes the item with given index from the list. | |
5021 * Parameters: | |
5022 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be set. | |
5023 * index: Item index. | |
5024 */ | |
5025 void API dw_listbox_delete(HWND handle, int index) | |
5026 { | |
5027 WinSendMsg(handle, LM_DELETEITEM, MPFROMSHORT(index), 0); | |
5028 } | |
5029 | |
5030 /* | |
5031 * Adds text to an MLE box and returns the current point. | |
5032 * Parameters: | |
5033 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried. | |
5034 * buffer: Text buffer to be imported. | |
5035 * startpoint: Point to start entering text. | |
5036 */ | |
5037 unsigned int API dw_mle_import(HWND handle, char *buffer, int startpoint) | |
5038 { | |
5039 unsigned long point = startpoint; | |
5040 PBYTE mlebuf; | |
5041 | |
5042 /* Work around 64K limit */ | |
5043 if(!DosAllocMem((PPVOID) &mlebuf, 65536, PAG_COMMIT | PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | OBJ_TILE)) | |
5044 { | |
5045 int amount, len = strlen(buffer), written = 0; | |
5046 | |
5047 while(written < len) | |
5048 { | |
5049 if((len - written) > 65535) | |
5050 amount = 65535; | |
5051 else | |
5052 amount = len - written; | |
5053 | |
5054 memcpy(mlebuf, &buffer[written], amount); | |
5055 mlebuf[amount] = '\0'; | |
5056 | |
5057 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETIMPORTEXPORT, MPFROMP(mlebuf), MPFROMLONG(amount+1)); | |
5058 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_IMPORT, MPFROMP(&point), MPFROMLONG(amount + 1)); | |
5059 dw_mle_delete(handle, point, 1); | |
5060 | |
5061 written += amount; | |
5062 } | |
5063 DosFreeMem(mlebuf); | |
5064 } | |
5065 return point - 1; | |
5066 } | |
5067 | |
5068 /* | |
5069 * Grabs text from an MLE box. | |
5070 * Parameters: | |
5071 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried. | |
5072 * buffer: Text buffer to be exported. | |
5073 * startpoint: Point to start grabbing text. | |
5074 * length: Amount of text to be grabbed. | |
5075 */ | |
5076 void API dw_mle_export(HWND handle, char *buffer, int startpoint, int length) | |
5077 { | |
5078 PBYTE mlebuf; | |
5079 | |
5080 /* Work around 64K limit */ | |
5081 if(!DosAllocMem((PPVOID) &mlebuf, 65535, PAG_COMMIT | PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | OBJ_TILE)) | |
5082 { | |
5083 int amount, copied, written = 0; | |
5084 | |
5085 while(written < length) | |
5086 { | |
5087 if((length - written) > 65535) | |
5088 amount = 65535; | |
5089 else | |
5090 amount = length - written; | |
5091 | |
5092 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETIMPORTEXPORT, MPFROMP(mlebuf), MPFROMLONG(amount)); | |
5093 copied = (int)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_EXPORT, MPFROMP(&startpoint), MPFROMLONG(&amount)); | |
5094 | |
5095 if(copied) | |
5096 { | |
5097 memcpy(&buffer[written], mlebuf, copied); | |
5098 | |
5099 written += copied; | |
5100 } | |
5101 else | |
5102 break; | |
5103 } | |
5104 DosFreeMem(mlebuf); | |
5105 } | |
5106 } | |
5107 | |
5108 /* | |
5109 * Obtains information about an MLE box. | |
5110 * Parameters: | |
5111 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried. | |
5112 * bytes: A pointer to a variable to return the total bytes. | |
5113 * lines: A pointer to a variable to return the number of lines. | |
5114 */ | |
5115 void API dw_mle_query(HWND handle, unsigned long *bytes, unsigned long *lines) | |
5116 { | |
5117 if(bytes) | |
5118 *bytes = (unsigned long)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_QUERYTEXTLENGTH, 0, 0); | |
5119 if(lines) | |
5120 *lines = (unsigned long)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_QUERYLINECOUNT, 0, 0); | |
5121 } | |
5122 | |
5123 /* | |
5124 * Deletes text from an MLE box. | |
5125 * Parameters: | |
5126 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be deleted from. | |
5127 * startpoint: Point to start deleting text. | |
5128 * length: Amount of text to be deleted. | |
5129 */ | |
5130 void API dw_mle_delete(HWND handle, int startpoint, int length) | |
5131 { | |
5132 char *buf = malloc(length+1); | |
5133 int z, dellen = length; | |
5134 | |
5135 dw_mle_export(handle, buf, startpoint, length); | |
5136 | |
5137 for(z=0;z<length-1;z++) | |
5138 { | |
5139 if(strncmp(&buf[z], "\r\n", 2) == 0) | |
5140 dellen--; | |
5141 } | |
5142 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_DELETE, MPFROMLONG(startpoint), MPFROMLONG(dellen)); | |
5143 free(buf); | |
5144 } | |
5145 | |
5146 /* | |
5147 * Clears all text from an MLE box. | |
5148 * Parameters: | |
5149 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be cleared. | |
5150 */ | |
5151 void API dw_mle_clear(HWND handle) | |
5152 { | |
5153 unsigned long bytes; | |
5154 | |
5155 dw_mle_query(handle, &bytes, NULL); | |
5156 | |
5157 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_DELETE, MPFROMLONG(0), MPFROMLONG(bytes)); | |
5158 } | |
5159 | |
5160 /* | |
5161 * Sets the visible line of an MLE box. | |
5162 * Parameters: | |
5163 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be positioned. | |
5164 * line: Line to be visible. | |
5165 */ | |
5166 void API dw_mle_set_visible(HWND handle, int line) | |
5167 { | |
5168 int tmppnt = (int)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_CHARFROMLINE, MPFROMLONG(line), 0); | |
5169 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETSEL, MPFROMLONG(tmppnt), MPFROMLONG(tmppnt)); | |
5170 } | |
5171 | |
5172 /* | |
5173 * Sets the editablity of an MLE box. | |
5174 * Parameters: | |
5175 * handle: Handle to the MLE. | |
5176 * state: TRUE if it can be edited, FALSE for readonly. | |
5177 */ | |
5178 void API dw_mle_set_editable(HWND handle, int state) | |
5179 { | |
5180 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETREADONLY, MPFROMLONG(state ? FALSE : TRUE), 0); | |
5181 } | |
5182 | |
5183 /* | |
5184 * Sets the word wrap state of an MLE box. | |
5185 * Parameters: | |
5186 * handle: Handle to the MLE. | |
5187 * state: TRUE if it wraps, FALSE if it doesn't. | |
5188 */ | |
5189 void API dw_mle_set_word_wrap(HWND handle, int state) | |
5190 { | |
5191 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETWRAP, MPFROMLONG(state), 0); | |
5192 } | |
5193 | |
5194 /* | |
5195 * Sets the current cursor position of an MLE box. | |
5196 * Parameters: | |
5197 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be positioned. | |
5198 * point: Point to position cursor. | |
5199 */ | |
5200 void API dw_mle_set(HWND handle, int point) | |
5201 { | |
5202 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETSEL, MPFROMLONG(point), MPFROMLONG(point)); | |
5203 } | |
5204 | |
5205 /* | |
5206 * Finds text in an MLE box. | |
5207 * Parameters: | |
5208 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be cleared. | |
5209 * text: Text to search for. | |
5210 * point: Start point of search. | |
5211 * flags: Search specific flags. | |
5212 */ | |
5213 int API dw_mle_search(HWND handle, char *text, int point, unsigned long flags) | |
5214 { | |
5215 MLE_SEARCHDATA msd; | |
5216 | |
5217 /* This code breaks with structure packing set to 1 (/Sp1 in VAC) | |
5218 * if this is needed we need to add a pragma here. | |
5219 */ | |
5220 msd.cb = sizeof(msd); | |
5221 msd.pchFind = text; | |
5222 msd.pchReplace = NULL; | |
5223 msd.cchFind = strlen(text); | |
5224 msd.cchReplace = 0; | |
5225 msd.iptStart = point; | |
5226 msd.iptStop = -1; | |
5227 | |
5228 if(WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SEARCH, MPFROMLONG(MLFSEARCH_SELECTMATCH | flags), (MPARAM)&msd)) | |
5229 return (int)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_QUERYSEL,(MPARAM)MLFQS_MAXSEL, 0); | |
5230 return 0; | |
5231 } | |
5232 | |
5233 /* | |
5234 * Stops redrawing of an MLE box. | |
5235 * Parameters: | |
5236 * handle: Handle to the MLE to freeze. | |
5237 */ | |
5238 void API dw_mle_freeze(HWND handle) | |
5239 { | |
5240 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_DISABLEREFRESH, 0, 0); | |
5241 } | |
5242 | |
5243 /* | |
5244 * Resumes redrawing of an MLE box. | |
5245 * Parameters: | |
5246 * handle: Handle to the MLE to thaw. | |
5247 */ | |
5248 void API dw_mle_thaw(HWND handle) | |
5249 { | |
5250 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_ENABLEREFRESH, 0, 0); | |
5251 } | |
5252 | |
5253 /* | |
5254 * Returns the range of the percent bar. | |
5255 * Parameters: | |
5256 * handle: Handle to the percent bar to be queried. | |
5257 */ | |
5258 unsigned int API dw_percent_query_range(HWND handle) | |
5259 { | |
5260 return SHORT2FROMMP(WinSendMsg(handle, SLM_QUERYSLIDERINFO, MPFROM2SHORT(SMA_SLIDERARMPOSITION,SMA_RANGEVALUE), 0)); | |
5261 } | |
5262 | |
5263 /* | |
5264 * Sets the percent bar position. | |
5265 * Parameters: | |
5266 * handle: Handle to the percent bar to be set. | |
5267 * position: Position of the percent bar withing the range. | |
5268 */ | |
5269 void API dw_percent_set_pos(HWND handle, unsigned int position) | |
5270 { | |
5271 _dw_int_set(handle, position); | |
5272 WinSendMsg(handle, SLM_SETSLIDERINFO, MPFROM2SHORT(SMA_SLIDERARMPOSITION,SMA_RANGEVALUE), (MPARAM)position); | |
5273 } | |
5274 | |
5275 /* | |
5276 * Returns the position of the slider. | |
5277 * Parameters: | |
5278 * handle: Handle to the slider to be queried. | |
5279 */ | |
5280 unsigned int API dw_slider_query_pos(HWND handle) | |
5281 { | |
5282 return (unsigned int)WinSendMsg(handle, SLM_QUERYSLIDERINFO, MPFROM2SHORT(SMA_SLIDERARMPOSITION, SMA_INCREMENTVALUE), 0); | |
5283 } | |
5284 | |
5285 /* | |
5286 * Sets the slider position. | |
5287 * Parameters: | |
5288 * handle: Handle to the slider to be set. | |
5289 * position: Position of the slider withing the range. | |
5290 */ | |
5291 void API dw_slider_set_pos(HWND handle, unsigned int position) | |
5292 { | |
5293 dw_window_set_data(handle, "_dw_slider_value", (void *)position); | |
5294 WinSendMsg(handle, SLM_SETSLIDERINFO, MPFROM2SHORT(SMA_SLIDERARMPOSITION, SMA_INCREMENTVALUE), (MPARAM)position); | |
5295 } | |
5296 | |
5297 /* | |
5298 * Returns the position of the scrollbar. | |
5299 * Parameters: | |
5300 * handle: Handle to the scrollbar to be queried. | |
5301 */ | |
5302 unsigned int API dw_scrollbar_query_pos(HWND handle) | |
5303 { | |
5304 return (unsigned int)WinSendMsg(handle, SBM_QUERYPOS, 0, 0); | |
5305 } | |
5306 | |
5307 /* | |
5308 * Sets the scrollbar position. | |
5309 * Parameters: | |
5310 * handle: Handle to the scrollbar to be set. | |
5311 * position: Position of the scrollbar withing the range. | |
5312 */ | |
5313 void API dw_scrollbar_set_pos(HWND handle, unsigned int position) | |
5314 { | |
5315 dw_window_set_data(handle, "_dw_scrollbar_value", (void *)position); | |
5316 WinSendMsg(handle, SBM_SETPOS, (MPARAM)position, 0); | |
5317 } | |
5318 | |
5319 /* | |
5320 * Sets the scrollbar range. | |
5321 * Parameters: | |
5322 * handle: Handle to the scrollbar to be set. | |
5323 * range: Maximum range value. | |
5324 * visible: Visible area relative to the range. | |
5325 */ | |
5326 void API dw_scrollbar_set_range(HWND handle, unsigned int range, unsigned int visible) | |
5327 { | |
5328 unsigned int pos = (unsigned int)dw_window_get_data(handle, "_dw_scrollbar_value"); | |
5329 WinSendMsg(handle, SBM_SETSCROLLBAR, (MPARAM)pos, MPFROM2SHORT(0, (unsigned short)range - visible)); | |
5330 WinSendMsg(handle, SBM_SETTHUMBSIZE, MPFROM2SHORT((unsigned short)visible, range), 0); | |
5331 } | |
5332 | |
5333 /* | |
5334 * Sets the spinbutton value. | |
5335 * Parameters: | |
5336 * handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set. | |
5337 * position: Current value of the spinbutton. | |
5338 */ | |
5339 void API dw_spinbutton_set_pos(HWND handle, long position) | |
5340 { | |
5341 WinSendMsg(handle, SPBM_SETCURRENTVALUE, MPFROMLONG((long)position), 0L); | |
5342 } | |
5343 | |
5344 /* | |
5345 * Sets the spinbutton limits. | |
5346 * Parameters: | |
5347 * handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set. | |
5348 * upper: Upper limit. | |
5349 * lower: Lower limit. | |
5350 */ | |
5351 void API dw_spinbutton_set_limits(HWND handle, long upper, long lower) | |
5352 { | |
5353 WinSendMsg(handle, SPBM_SETLIMITS, MPFROMLONG(upper), MPFROMLONG(lower)); | |
5354 } | |
5355 | |
5356 /* | |
5357 * Sets the entryfield character limit. | |
5358 * Parameters: | |
5359 * handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set. | |
5360 * limit: Number of characters the entryfield will take. | |
5361 */ | |
5362 void API dw_entryfield_set_limit(HWND handle, ULONG limit) | |
5363 { | |
5364 WinSendMsg(handle, EM_SETTEXTLIMIT, (MPARAM)limit, (MPARAM)0); | |
5365 } | |
5366 | |
5367 | |
5368 /* | |
5369 * Returns the current value of the spinbutton. | |
5370 * Parameters: | |
5371 * handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be queried. | |
5372 */ | |
5373 long API dw_spinbutton_query(HWND handle) | |
5374 { | |
5375 long tmpval = 0L; | |
5376 | |
5377 WinSendMsg(handle, SPBM_QUERYVALUE, (MPARAM)&tmpval,0L); | |
5378 return tmpval; | |
5379 } | |
5380 | |
5381 /* | |
5382 * Returns the state of the checkbox. | |
5383 * Parameters: | |
5384 * handle: Handle to the checkbox to be queried. | |
5385 */ | |
5386 int API dw_checkbox_query(HWND handle) | |
5387 { | |
5388 return (int)WinSendMsg(handle,BM_QUERYCHECK,0,0); | |
5389 } | |
5390 | |
5391 /* | |
5392 * Sets the state of the checkbox. | |
5393 * Parameters: | |
5394 * handle: Handle to the checkbox to be queried. | |
5395 * value: TRUE for checked, FALSE for unchecked. | |
5396 */ | |
5397 void API dw_checkbox_set(HWND handle, int value) | |
5398 { | |
5399 WinSendMsg(handle,BM_SETCHECK,MPFROMSHORT(value),0); | |
5400 } | |
5401 | |
5402 /* | |
5403 * Inserts an item into a tree window (widget) after another item. | |
5404 * Parameters: | |
5405 * handle: Handle to the tree to be inserted. | |
5406 * item: Handle to the item to be positioned after. | |
5407 * title: The text title of the entry. | |
5408 * icon: Handle to coresponding icon. | |
5409 * parent: Parent handle or 0 if root. | |
5410 * itemdata: Item specific data. | |
5411 */ | |
5412 HWND API dw_tree_insert_after(HWND handle, HWND item, char *title, unsigned long icon, HWND parent, void *itemdata) | |
5413 { | |
5414 ULONG cbExtra; | |
5415 PCNRITEM pci; | |
5416 RECORDINSERT ri; | |
5417 | |
5418 if(!item) | |
5419 item = CMA_FIRST; | |
5420 | |
5421 /* Calculate extra bytes needed for each record besides that needed for the | |
5422 * MINIRECORDCORE structure | |
5423 */ | |
5424 | |
5425 cbExtra = sizeof(CNRITEM) - sizeof(MINIRECORDCORE); | |
5426 | |
5427 /* Allocate memory for the parent record */ | |
5428 | |
5429 pci = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_ALLOCRECORD, MPFROMLONG(cbExtra), MPFROMSHORT(1)); | |
5430 | |
5431 /* Fill in the parent record data */ | |
5432 | |
5433 pci->rc.cb = sizeof(MINIRECORDCORE); | |
5434 pci->rc.pszIcon = strdup(title); | |
5435 pci->rc.hptrIcon = icon; | |
5436 | |
5437 pci->hptrIcon = icon; | |
5438 pci->user = itemdata; | |
5439 | |
5440 memset(&ri, 0, sizeof(RECORDINSERT)); | |
5441 | |
5442 ri.cb = sizeof(RECORDINSERT); | |
5443 ri.pRecordOrder = (PRECORDCORE)item; | |
5444 ri.pRecordParent = (PRECORDCORE)NULL; | |
5445 ri.zOrder = (USHORT)CMA_TOP; | |
5446 ri.cRecordsInsert = 1; | |
5447 ri.fInvalidateRecord = TRUE; | |
5448 | |
5449 /* We are about to insert the child records. Set the parent record to be | |
5450 * the one we just inserted. | |
5451 */ | |
5452 ri.pRecordParent = (PRECORDCORE)parent; | |
5453 | |
5454 /* Insert the record */ | |
5455 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_INSERTRECORD, MPFROMP(pci), MPFROMP(&ri)); | |
5456 | |
5457 return (HWND)pci; | |
5458 } | |
5459 | |
5460 /* | |
5461 * Inserts an item into a tree window (widget). | |
5462 * Parameters: | |
5463 * handle: Handle to the tree to be inserted. | |
5464 * title: The text title of the entry. | |
5465 * icon: Handle to coresponding icon. | |
5466 * parent: Parent handle or 0 if root. | |
5467 * itemdata: Item specific data. | |
5468 */ | |
5469 HWND API dw_tree_insert(HWND handle, char *title, unsigned long icon, HWND parent, void *itemdata) | |
5470 { | |
5471 return dw_tree_insert_after(handle, (HWND)CMA_END, title, icon, parent, itemdata); | |
5472 } | |
5473 | |
5474 /* | |
5475 * Sets the text and icon of an item in a tree window (widget). | |
5476 * Parameters: | |
5477 * handle: Handle to the tree containing the item. | |
5478 * item: Handle of the item to be modified. | |
5479 * title: The text title of the entry. | |
5480 * icon: Handle to coresponding icon. | |
5481 */ | |
5482 void API dw_tree_set(HWND handle, HWND item, char *title, unsigned long icon) | |
5483 { | |
5484 PCNRITEM pci = (PCNRITEM)item; | |
5485 | |
5486 if(!pci) | |
5487 return; | |
5488 | |
5489 if(pci->rc.pszIcon) | |
5490 free(pci->rc.pszIcon); | |
5491 | |
5492 pci->rc.pszIcon = strdup(title); | |
5493 pci->rc.hptrIcon = icon; | |
5494 | |
5495 pci->hptrIcon = icon; | |
5496 | |
5497 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_INVALIDATERECORD, (MPARAM)&pci, MPFROM2SHORT(1, CMA_TEXTCHANGED)); | |
5498 } | |
5499 | |
5500 /* | |
5501 * Sets the item data of a tree item. | |
5502 * Parameters: | |
5503 * handle: Handle to the tree containing the item. | |
5504 * item: Handle of the item to be modified. | |
5505 * itemdata: User defined data to be associated with item. | |
5506 */ | |
5507 void API dw_tree_set_data(HWND handle, HWND item, void *itemdata) | |
5508 { | |
5509 PCNRITEM pci = (PCNRITEM)item; | |
5510 | |
5511 if(!pci) | |
5512 return; | |
5513 | |
5514 pci->user = itemdata; | |
5515 } | |
5516 | |
5517 /* | |
5518 * Sets this item as the active selection. | |
5519 * Parameters: | |
5520 * handle: Handle to the tree window (widget) to be selected. | |
5521 * item: Handle to the item to be selected. | |
5522 */ | |
5523 void API dw_tree_item_select(HWND handle, HWND item) | |
5524 { | |
5525 PRECORDCORE pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_FIRST, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
5526 | |
5527 while(pCore) | |
5528 { | |
5529 if(pCore->flRecordAttr & CRA_SELECTED) | |
5530 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SETRECORDEMPHASIS, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(FALSE, CRA_SELECTED | CRA_CURSORED)); | |
5531 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
5532 } | |
5533 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SETRECORDEMPHASIS, (MPARAM)item, MPFROM2SHORT(TRUE, CRA_SELECTED | CRA_CURSORED)); | |
5534 lastitem = 0; | |
5535 lasthcnr = 0; | |
5536 } | |
5537 | |
5538 /* | |
5539 * Removes all nodes from a tree. | |
5540 * Parameters: | |
5541 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared. | |
5542 */ | |
5543 void API dw_tree_clear(HWND handle) | |
5544 { | |
5545 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_REMOVERECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(0, CMA_INVALIDATE | CMA_FREE)); | |
5546 } | |
5547 | |
5548 /* | |
5549 * Expands a node on a tree. | |
5550 * Parameters: | |
5551 * handle: Handle to the tree window (widget). | |
5552 * item: Handle to node to be expanded. | |
5553 */ | |
5554 void API dw_tree_expand(HWND handle, HWND item) | |
5555 { | |
5556 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_EXPANDTREE, MPFROMP(item), 0); | |
5557 } | |
5558 | |
5559 /* | |
5560 * Collapses a node on a tree. | |
5561 * Parameters: | |
5562 * handle: Handle to the tree window (widget). | |
5563 * item: Handle to node to be collapsed. | |
5564 */ | |
5565 void API dw_tree_collapse(HWND handle, HWND item) | |
5566 { | |
5567 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_COLLAPSETREE, MPFROMP(item), 0); | |
5568 } | |
5569 | |
5570 /* | |
5571 * Removes a node from a tree. | |
5572 * Parameters: | |
5573 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared. | |
5574 * item: Handle to node to be deleted. | |
5575 */ | |
5576 void API dw_tree_delete(HWND handle, HWND item) | |
5577 { | |
5578 PCNRITEM pci = (PCNRITEM)item; | |
5579 | |
5580 if(!item) | |
5581 return; | |
5582 | |
5583 if(pci->rc.pszIcon) | |
5584 { | |
5585 free(pci->rc.pszIcon); | |
5586 pci->rc.pszIcon = 0; | |
5587 } | |
5588 | |
5589 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_REMOVERECORD, (MPARAM)&pci, MPFROM2SHORT(1, CMA_INVALIDATE | CMA_FREE)); | |
5590 } | |
5591 | |
5592 /* Some OS/2 specific container structs */ | |
5593 typedef struct _containerinfo { | |
5594 int count; | |
5595 void *data; | |
5596 HWND handle; | |
5597 } ContainerInfo; | |
5598 | |
5599 /* | |
5600 * Sets up the container columns. | |
5601 * Parameters: | |
5602 * handle: Handle to the container to be configured. | |
5603 * flags: An array of unsigned longs with column flags. | |
5604 * titles: An array of strings with column text titles. | |
5605 * count: The number of columns (this should match the arrays). | |
5606 * separator: The column number that contains the main separator. | |
5607 * (this item may only be used in OS/2) | |
5608 */ | |
5609 int API dw_container_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count, int separator) | |
5610 { | |
5611 PFIELDINFO details, first, left = NULL; | |
5612 FIELDINFOINSERT detin; | |
5613 CNRINFO cnri; | |
5614 int z; | |
5615 ULONG size = sizeof(RECORDCORE); | |
5616 ULONG *offStruct = malloc(count * sizeof(ULONG)); | |
5617 ULONG *tempflags = malloc((count+1) * sizeof(ULONG)); | |
5618 WindowData *blah = (WindowData *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER); | |
5619 ULONG *oldflags = blah ? blah->data : 0; | |
5620 | |
5621 if(!offStruct || !tempflags) | |
5622 return FALSE; | |
5623 | |
5624 memcpy(tempflags, flags, count * sizeof(ULONG)); | |
5625 tempflags[count] = 0; | |
5626 | |
5627 blah->data = tempflags; | |
5628 blah->flags = separator; | |
5629 | |
5630 if(oldflags) | |
5631 free(oldflags); | |
5632 | |
5633 while((first = (PFIELDINFO)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYDETAILFIELDINFO, 0, MPFROMSHORT(CMA_FIRST))) != NULL) | |
5634 { | |
5635 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_REMOVEDETAILFIELDINFO, (MPARAM)&first, MPFROM2SHORT(1, CMA_FREE)); | |
5636 } | |
5637 | |
5638 /* Figure out the offsets to the items in the struct */ | |
5639 for(z=0;z<count;z++) | |
5640 { | |
5641 offStruct[z] = size; | |
5642 if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON) | |
5643 size += sizeof(HPOINTER); | |
5644 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_STRING) | |
5645 size += sizeof(char *); | |
5646 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_ULONG) | |
5647 size += sizeof(ULONG); | |
5648 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_DATE) | |
5649 size += sizeof(CDATE); | |
5650 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_TIME) | |
5651 size += sizeof(CTIME); | |
5652 } | |
5653 | |
5654 first = details = (PFIELDINFO)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_ALLOCDETAILFIELDINFO, MPFROMLONG(count), 0L); | |
5655 | |
5656 if(!first) | |
5657 { | |
5658 free(offStruct); | |
5659 return FALSE; | |
5660 } | |
5661 | |
5662 for(z=0;z<count;z++) | |
5663 { | |
5664 if(z==separator-1) | |
5665 left=details; | |
5666 details->cb = sizeof(FIELDINFO); | |
5667 details->flData = flags[z]; | |
5668 details->flTitle = CFA_FITITLEREADONLY; | |
5669 details->pTitleData = titles[z]; | |
5670 details->offStruct = offStruct[z]; | |
5671 details = details->pNextFieldInfo; | |
5672 } | |
5673 | |
5674 detin.cb = sizeof(FIELDINFOINSERT); | |
5675 detin.fInvalidateFieldInfo = FALSE; | |
5676 detin.pFieldInfoOrder = (PFIELDINFO) CMA_FIRST; | |
5677 detin.cFieldInfoInsert = (ULONG)count; | |
5678 | |
5679 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_INSERTDETAILFIELDINFO, MPFROMP(first), MPFROMP(&detin)); | |
5680 | |
5681 if(count > separator && separator > 0) | |
5682 { | |
5683 cnri.cb = sizeof(CNRINFO); | |
5684 cnri.pFieldInfoLast = left; | |
5685 cnri.xVertSplitbar = 150; | |
5686 | |
5687 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SETCNRINFO, MPFROMP(&cnri), MPFROMLONG(CMA_PFIELDINFOLAST | CMA_XVERTSPLITBAR)); | |
5688 } | |
5689 | |
5690 free(offStruct); | |
5691 return TRUE; | |
5692 } | |
5693 | |
5694 /* | |
5695 * Sets up the filesystem columns, note: filesystem always has an icon/filename field. | |
5696 * Parameters: | |
5697 * handle: Handle to the container to be configured. | |
5698 * flags: An array of unsigned longs with column flags. | |
5699 * titles: An array of strings with column text titles. | |
5700 * count: The number of columns (this should match the arrays). | |
5701 */ | |
5702 int API dw_filesystem_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count) | |
5703 { | |
5704 char **newtitles = malloc(sizeof(char *) * (count + 2)); | |
5705 unsigned long *newflags = malloc(sizeof(unsigned long) * (count + 2)); | |
5706 | |
5707 newtitles[0] = "Icon"; | |
5708 newtitles[1] = "Filename"; | |
5709 | |
5710 newflags[0] = DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON | DW_CFA_CENTER | DW_CFA_HORZSEPARATOR | DW_CFA_SEPARATOR; | |
5711 newflags[1] = DW_CFA_STRING | DW_CFA_LEFT | DW_CFA_HORZSEPARATOR; | |
5712 | |
5713 memcpy(&newtitles[2], titles, sizeof(char *) * count); | |
5714 memcpy(&newflags[2], flags, sizeof(unsigned long) * count); | |
5715 | |
5716 dw_container_setup(handle, newflags, newtitles, count + 2, count ? 2 : 0); | |
5717 | |
5718 free(newtitles); | |
5719 free(newflags); | |
5720 return TRUE; | |
5721 } | |
5722 | |
5723 /* | |
5724 * Obtains an icon from a module (or header in GTK). | |
5725 * Parameters: | |
5726 * module: Handle to module (DLL) in OS/2 and Windows. | |
5727 * id: A unsigned long id int the resources on OS/2 and | |
5728 * Windows, on GTK this is converted to a pointer | |
5729 * to an embedded XPM. | |
5730 */ | |
5731 unsigned long API dw_icon_load(unsigned long module, unsigned long id) | |
5732 { | |
5733 return WinLoadPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,module,id); | |
5734 } | |
5735 | |
5736 /* | |
5737 * Frees a loaded resource in OS/2 and Windows. | |
5738 * Parameters: | |
5739 * handle: Handle to icon returned by dw_icon_load(). | |
5740 */ | |
5741 void API dw_icon_free(unsigned long handle) | |
5742 { | |
5743 WinDestroyPointer(handle); | |
5744 } | |
5745 | |
5746 /* | |
5747 * Allocates memory used to populate a container. | |
5748 * Parameters: | |
5749 * handle: Handle to the container window (widget). | |
5750 * rowcount: The number of items to be populated. | |
5751 */ | |
5752 void * API dw_container_alloc(HWND handle, int rowcount) | |
5753 { | |
5754 WindowData *wd = (WindowData *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER); | |
5755 ULONG *flags = wd ? wd->data : 0; | |
5756 int z, size = 0, totalsize, count = 0; | |
5757 PRECORDCORE temp; | |
5758 ContainerInfo *ci; | |
5759 void *blah = NULL; | |
5760 | |
5761 if(!flags || rowcount < 1) | |
5762 return NULL; | |
5763 | |
5764 while(flags[count]) | |
5765 count++; | |
5766 | |
5767 /* Figure out the offsets to the items in the struct */ | |
5768 for(z=0;z<count;z++) | |
5769 { | |
5770 if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON) | |
5771 size += sizeof(HPOINTER); | |
5772 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_STRING) | |
5773 size += sizeof(char *); | |
5774 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_ULONG) | |
5775 size += sizeof(ULONG); | |
5776 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_DATE) | |
5777 size += sizeof(CDATE); | |
5778 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_TIME) | |
5779 size += sizeof(CTIME); | |
5780 } | |
5781 | |
5782 totalsize = size + sizeof(RECORDCORE); | |
5783 | |
5784 z = 0; | |
5785 | |
5786 while((blah = (void *)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_ALLOCRECORD, MPFROMLONG(size), MPFROMLONG(rowcount))) == NULL) | |
5787 { | |
5788 z++; | |
5789 if(z > 5000000) | |
5790 break; | |
5791 dw_main_sleep(1); | |
5792 } | |
5793 | |
5794 if(!blah) | |
5795 return NULL; | |
5796 | |
5797 temp = (PRECORDCORE)blah; | |
5798 | |
5799 for(z=0;z<rowcount;z++) | |
5800 { | |
5801 temp->cb = totalsize; | |
5802 temp = temp->preccNextRecord; | |
5803 } | |
5804 | |
5805 ci = malloc(sizeof(struct _containerinfo)); | |
5806 | |
5807 ci->count = rowcount; | |
5808 ci->data = blah; | |
5809 ci->handle = handle; | |
5810 | |
5811 return (void *)ci; | |
5812 } | |
5813 | |
5814 /* Internal function that does the work for set_item and change_item */ | |
5815 void _dw_container_set_item(HWND handle, PRECORDCORE temp, int column, int row, void *data) | |
5816 { | |
5817 WindowData *blah = (WindowData *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER); | |
5818 ULONG totalsize, size = 0, *flags = blah ? blah->data : 0; | |
5819 int z, currentcount; | |
5820 CNRINFO cnr; | |
5821 void *dest; | |
5822 | |
5823 if(!flags) | |
5824 return; | |
5825 | |
5826 z = 0; | |
5827 | |
5828 while(WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYCNRINFO, (MPARAM)&cnr, MPFROMSHORT(sizeof(CNRINFO))) == 0) | |
5829 { | |
5830 z++; | |
5831 if(z > 5000000) | |
5832 return; | |
5833 dw_main_sleep(1); | |
5834 } | |
5835 currentcount = cnr.cRecords; | |
5836 | |
5837 /* Figure out the offsets to the items in the struct */ | |
5838 for(z=0;z<column;z++) | |
5839 { | |
5840 if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON) | |
5841 size += sizeof(HPOINTER); | |
5842 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_STRING) | |
5843 size += sizeof(char *); | |
5844 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_ULONG) | |
5845 size += sizeof(ULONG); | |
5846 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_DATE) | |
5847 size += sizeof(CDATE); | |
5848 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_TIME) | |
5849 size += sizeof(CTIME); | |
5850 } | |
5851 | |
5852 totalsize = size + sizeof(RECORDCORE); | |
5853 | |
5854 for(z=0;z<(row-currentcount);z++) | |
5855 temp = temp->preccNextRecord; | |
5856 | |
5857 dest = (void *)(((ULONG)temp)+((ULONG)totalsize)); | |
5858 | |
5859 if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON) | |
5860 memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(HPOINTER)); | |
5861 else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_STRING) | |
5862 memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(char *)); | |
5863 else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_ULONG) | |
5864 memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(ULONG)); | |
5865 else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_DATE) | |
5866 memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(CDATE)); | |
5867 else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_TIME) | |
5868 memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(CTIME)); | |
5869 } | |
5870 | |
5871 /* | |
5872 * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data. | |
5873 * Parameters: | |
5874 * handle: Handle to the container window (widget). | |
5875 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc(). | |
5876 * column: Zero based column of data being set. | |
5877 * row: Zero based row of data being set. | |
5878 * data: Pointer to the data to be added. | |
5879 */ | |
5880 void API dw_container_set_item(HWND handle, void *pointer, int column, int row, void *data) | |
5881 { | |
5882 ContainerInfo *ci = (ContainerInfo *)pointer; | |
5883 | |
5884 if(!ci) | |
5885 return; | |
5886 | |
5887 _dw_container_set_item(handle, (PRECORDCORE)ci->data, column, row, data); | |
5888 } | |
5889 | |
5890 /* | |
5891 * Changes an existing item in specified row and column to the given data. | |
5892 * Parameters: | |
5893 * handle: Handle to the container window (widget). | |
5894 * column: Zero based column of data being set. | |
5895 * row: Zero based row of data being set. | |
5896 * data: Pointer to the data to be added. | |
5897 */ | |
5898 void API dw_container_change_item(HWND handle, int column, int row, void *data) | |
5899 { | |
5900 PRECORDCORE pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_FIRST, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
5901 int count = 0; | |
5902 | |
5903 while(pCore) | |
5904 { | |
5905 if(count == row) | |
5906 { | |
5907 _dw_container_set_item(handle, pCore, column, row, data); | |
5908 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_INVALIDATERECORD, (MPARAM)&pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(1, CMA_NOREPOSITION | CMA_TEXTCHANGED)); | |
5909 return; | |
5910 } | |
5911 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
5912 count++; | |
5913 } | |
5914 } | |
5915 | |
5916 /* | |
5917 * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data. | |
5918 * Parameters: | |
5919 * handle: Handle to the container window (widget). | |
5920 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc(). | |
5921 * column: Zero based column of data being set. | |
5922 * row: Zero based row of data being set. | |
5923 * data: Pointer to the data to be added. | |
5924 */ | |
5925 void API dw_filesystem_set_file(HWND handle, void *pointer, int row, char *filename, unsigned long icon) | |
5926 { | |
5927 dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, 0, row, (void *)&icon); | |
5928 dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, 1, row, (void *)&filename); | |
5929 } | |
5930 | |
5931 /* | |
5932 * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data. | |
5933 * Parameters: | |
5934 * handle: Handle to the container window (widget). | |
5935 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc(). | |
5936 * column: Zero based column of data being set. | |
5937 * row: Zero based row of data being set. | |
5938 * data: Pointer to the data to be added. | |
5939 */ | |
5940 void API dw_filesystem_set_item(HWND handle, void *pointer, int column, int row, void *data) | |
5941 { | |
5942 dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, column + 2, row, data); | |
5943 } | |
5944 | |
5945 /* | |
5946 * Sets the width of a column in the container. | |
5947 * Parameters: | |
5948 * handle: Handle to window (widget) of container. | |
5949 * column: Zero based column of width being set. | |
5950 * width: Width of column in pixels. | |
5951 */ | |
5952 void API dw_container_set_column_width(HWND handle, int column, int width) | |
5953 { | |
5954 } | |
5955 | |
5956 /* | |
5957 * Sets the title of a row in the container. | |
5958 * Parameters: | |
5959 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc(). | |
5960 * row: Zero based row of data being set. | |
5961 * title: String title of the item. | |
5962 */ | |
5963 void API dw_container_set_row_title(void *pointer, int row, char *title) | |
5964 { | |
5965 ContainerInfo *ci = (ContainerInfo *)pointer; | |
5966 PRECORDCORE temp; | |
5967 int z, currentcount; | |
5968 CNRINFO cnr; | |
5969 | |
5970 if(!ci) | |
5971 return; | |
5972 | |
5973 temp = (PRECORDCORE)ci->data; | |
5974 | |
5975 z = 0; | |
5976 | |
5977 while(WinSendMsg(ci->handle, CM_QUERYCNRINFO, (MPARAM)&cnr, MPFROMSHORT(sizeof(CNRINFO))) == 0) | |
5978 { | |
5979 z++; | |
5980 if(z > 5000000) | |
5981 return; | |
5982 dw_main_sleep(1); | |
5983 } | |
5984 currentcount = cnr.cRecords; | |
5985 | |
5986 for(z=0;z<(row-currentcount);z++) | |
5987 temp = temp->preccNextRecord; | |
5988 | |
5989 temp->pszIcon = title; | |
5990 temp->pszName = title; | |
5991 temp->pszText = title; | |
5992 } | |
5993 | |
5994 /* | |
5995 * Sets the title of a row in the container. | |
5996 * Parameters: | |
5997 * handle: Handle to the container window (widget). | |
5998 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc(). | |
5999 * rowcount: The number of rows to be inserted. | |
6000 */ | |
6001 void API dw_container_insert(HWND handle, void *pointer, int rowcount) | |
6002 { | |
6003 RECORDINSERT recin; | |
6004 ContainerInfo *ci = (ContainerInfo *)pointer; | |
6005 int z; | |
6006 | |
6007 if(!ci) | |
6008 return; | |
6009 | |
6010 recin.cb = sizeof(RECORDINSERT); | |
6011 recin.pRecordOrder = (PRECORDCORE)CMA_END; | |
6012 recin.pRecordParent = NULL; | |
6013 recin.zOrder = CMA_TOP; | |
6014 recin.fInvalidateRecord = TRUE; | |
6015 recin.cRecordsInsert = rowcount; | |
6016 | |
6017 z = 0; | |
6018 | |
6019 while(WinSendMsg(handle, CM_INSERTRECORD, MPFROMP(ci->data), MPFROMP(&recin)) == 0) | |
6020 { | |
6021 z++; | |
6022 if(z > 5000000) | |
6023 break; | |
6024 dw_main_sleep(1); | |
6025 } | |
6026 | |
6027 free(ci); | |
6028 } | |
6029 | |
6030 /* | |
6031 * Removes all rows from a container. | |
6032 * Parameters: | |
6033 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared. | |
6034 * redraw: TRUE to cause the container to redraw immediately. | |
6035 */ | |
6036 void API dw_container_clear(HWND handle, int redraw) | |
6037 { | |
6038 int z = 0; | |
6039 | |
6040 while((int)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_REMOVERECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(0, (redraw ? CMA_INVALIDATE : 0) | CMA_FREE)) == -1) | |
6041 { | |
6042 z++; | |
6043 if(z > 5000000) | |
6044 break; | |
6045 dw_main_sleep(1); | |
6046 } | |
6047 } | |
6048 | |
6049 /* | |
6050 * Removes the first x rows from a container. | |
6051 * Parameters: | |
6052 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be deleted from. | |
6053 * rowcount: The number of rows to be deleted. | |
6054 */ | |
6055 void API dw_container_delete(HWND handle, int rowcount) | |
6056 { | |
6057 RECORDCORE *last, **prc = malloc(sizeof(RECORDCORE *) * rowcount); | |
6058 int current = 1, z; | |
6059 | |
6060 prc[0] = last = (RECORDCORE *)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_FIRST, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
6061 | |
6062 while(last && current < rowcount) | |
6063 { | |
6064 prc[current] = last = (RECORDCORE *)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)last, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
6065 current++; | |
6066 } | |
6067 | |
6068 z = 0; | |
6069 | |
6070 while((int)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_REMOVERECORD, (MPARAM)prc, MPFROM2SHORT(current, CMA_INVALIDATE | CMA_FREE)) == -1) | |
6071 { | |
6072 z++; | |
6073 if(z > 5000000) | |
6074 break; | |
6075 dw_main_sleep(1); | |
6076 } | |
6077 | |
6078 free(prc); | |
6079 } | |
6080 | |
6081 /* | |
6082 * Scrolls container up or down. | |
6083 * Parameters: | |
6084 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be scrolled. | |
6085 * direction: DW_SCROLL_UP, DW_SCROLL_DOWN, DW_SCROLL_TOP or | |
6086 * DW_SCROLL_BOTTOM. (rows is ignored for last two) | |
6087 * rows: The number of rows to be scrolled. | |
6088 */ | |
6089 void API dw_container_scroll(HWND handle, int direction, long rows) | |
6090 { | |
6091 switch(direction) | |
6092 { | |
6093 case DW_SCROLL_TOP: | |
6094 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SCROLLWINDOW, MPFROMSHORT(CMA_VERTICAL), MPFROMLONG(-10000000)); | |
6095 break; | |
6096 case DW_SCROLL_BOTTOM: | |
6097 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SCROLLWINDOW, MPFROMSHORT(CMA_VERTICAL), MPFROMLONG(10000000)); | |
6098 break; | |
6099 } | |
6100 } | |
6101 | |
6102 /* | |
6103 * Removes all rows from a container. | |
6104 * Parameters: | |
6105 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared. | |
6106 */ | |
6107 void API dw_container_set_view(HWND handle, unsigned long flags, int iconwidth, int iconheight) | |
6108 { | |
6109 CNRINFO cnrinfo; | |
6110 | |
6111 cnrinfo.flWindowAttr = flags; | |
6112 cnrinfo.slBitmapOrIcon.cx = iconwidth; | |
6113 cnrinfo.slBitmapOrIcon.cy = iconheight; | |
6114 | |
6115 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SETCNRINFO, &cnrinfo, MPFROMLONG(CMA_FLWINDOWATTR | CMA_SLBITMAPORICON)); | |
6116 } | |
6117 | |
6118 /* | |
6119 * Starts a new query of a container. | |
6120 * Parameters: | |
6121 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be queried. | |
6122 * flags: If this parameter is DW_CRA_SELECTED it will only | |
6123 * return items that are currently selected. Otherwise | |
6124 * it will return all records in the container. | |
6125 */ | |
6126 char * API dw_container_query_start(HWND handle, unsigned long flags) | |
6127 { | |
6128 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_FIRST, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
6129 if(pCore) | |
6130 { | |
6131 if(flags) | |
6132 { | |
6133 while(pCore) | |
6134 { | |
6135 if(pCore->flRecordAttr & flags) | |
6136 return pCore->pszIcon; | |
6137 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
6138 } | |
6139 } | |
6140 else | |
6141 return pCore->pszIcon; | |
6142 } | |
6143 return NULL; | |
6144 } | |
6145 | |
6146 /* | |
6147 * Continues an existing query of a container. | |
6148 * Parameters: | |
6149 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be queried. | |
6150 * flags: If this parameter is DW_CRA_SELECTED it will only | |
6151 * return items that are currently selected. Otherwise | |
6152 * it will return all records in the container. | |
6153 */ | |
6154 char * API dw_container_query_next(HWND handle, unsigned long flags) | |
6155 { | |
6156 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
6157 if(pCore) | |
6158 { | |
6159 if(flags) | |
6160 { | |
6161 while(pCore) | |
6162 { | |
6163 if(pCore->flRecordAttr & flags) | |
6164 return pCore->pszIcon; | |
6165 | |
6166 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
6167 } | |
6168 } | |
6169 else | |
6170 return pCore->pszIcon; | |
6171 } | |
6172 return NULL; | |
6173 } | |
6174 | |
6175 /* | |
6176 * Cursors the item with the text speficied, and scrolls to that item. | |
6177 * Parameters: | |
6178 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be queried. | |
6179 * text: Text usually returned by dw_container_query(). | |
6180 */ | |
6181 void API dw_container_cursor(HWND handle, char *text) | |
6182 { | |
6183 RECTL viewport, item; | |
6184 | |
6185 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_FIRST, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
6186 while(pCore) | |
6187 { | |
6188 if((char *)pCore->pszIcon == text) | |
6189 { | |
6190 QUERYRECORDRECT qrr; | |
6191 int scrollpixels = 0, midway; | |
6192 | |
6193 qrr.cb = sizeof(QUERYRECORDRECT); | |
6194 qrr.pRecord = pCore; | |
6195 qrr.fRightSplitWindow = 0; | |
6196 qrr.fsExtent = CMA_TEXT; | |
6197 | |
6198 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SETRECORDEMPHASIS, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(TRUE, CRA_CURSORED)); | |
6199 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYVIEWPORTRECT, (MPARAM)&viewport, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_WORKSPACE, FALSE)); | |
6200 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORDRECT, (MPARAM)&item, (MPARAM)&qrr); | |
6201 | |
6202 midway = (viewport.yTop - viewport.yBottom)/2; | |
6203 scrollpixels = viewport.yTop - (item.yTop + midway); | |
6204 | |
6205 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SCROLLWINDOW, MPFROMSHORT(CMA_VERTICAL), MPFROMLONG(scrollpixels)); | |
6206 return; | |
6207 } | |
6208 | |
6209 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
6210 } | |
6211 } | |
6212 | |
6213 /* | |
6214 * Deletes the item with the text speficied. | |
6215 * Parameters: | |
6216 * handle: Handle to the window (widget). | |
6217 * text: Text usually returned by dw_container_query(). | |
6218 */ | |
6219 void API dw_container_delete_row(HWND handle, char *text) | |
6220 { | |
6221 PRECORDCORE pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_FIRST, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
6222 | |
6223 while(pCore) | |
6224 { | |
6225 if((char *)pCore->pszIcon == text) | |
6226 { | |
6227 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_REMOVERECORD, (MPARAM)&pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(1, CMA_FREE | CMA_INVALIDATE)); | |
6228 return; | |
6229 } | |
6230 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
6231 } | |
6232 } | |
6233 | |
6234 /* | |
6235 * Optimizes the column widths so that all data is visible. | |
6236 * Parameters: | |
6237 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be optimized. | |
6238 */ | |
6239 void API dw_container_optimize(HWND handle) | |
6240 { | |
6241 WindowData *blah = (WindowData *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER); | |
6242 RECTL item; | |
6243 PRECORDCORE pCore = NULL; | |
6244 int max = 0; | |
6245 | |
6246 if(blah && !blah->flags) | |
6247 return; | |
6248 | |
6249 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_FIRST, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
6250 while(pCore) | |
6251 { | |
6252 QUERYRECORDRECT qrr; | |
6253 int vector; | |
6254 | |
6255 qrr.cb = sizeof(QUERYRECORDRECT); | |
6256 qrr.pRecord = pCore; | |
6257 qrr.fRightSplitWindow = 0; | |
6258 qrr.fsExtent = CMA_TEXT; | |
6259 | |
6260 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORDRECT, (MPARAM)&item, (MPARAM)&qrr); | |
6261 | |
6262 vector = item.xRight - item.xLeft; | |
6263 | |
6264 if(vector > max) | |
6265 max = vector; | |
6266 | |
6267 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
6268 } | |
6269 | |
6270 if(max) | |
6271 { | |
6272 CNRINFO cnri; | |
6273 | |
6274 cnri.cb = sizeof(CNRINFO); | |
6275 cnri.xVertSplitbar = max; | |
6276 | |
6277 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SETCNRINFO, MPFROMP(&cnri), MPFROMLONG(CMA_XVERTSPLITBAR)); | |
6278 } | |
6279 } | |
6280 | |
6281 /* | |
6282 * Creates a rendering context widget (window) to be packed. | |
6283 * Parameters: | |
6284 * id: An id to be used with dw_window_from_id. | |
6285 * Returns: | |
6286 * A handle to the widget or NULL on failure. | |
6287 */ | |
6288 HWND API dw_render_new(unsigned long id) | |
6289 { | |
6290 HWND hwndframe = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
6291 WC_FRAME, | |
6292 NULL, | |
6293 WS_VISIBLE | | |
6294 FS_NOBYTEALIGN, | |
6295 0,0,2000,1000, | |
6296 NULLHANDLE, | |
6297 HWND_TOP, | |
6298 id, | |
6299 NULL, | |
6300 NULL); | |
6301 WinSubclassWindow(hwndframe, _RendProc); | |
6302 return hwndframe; | |
6303 } | |
6304 | |
6305 /* Sets the current foreground drawing color. | |
6306 * Parameters: | |
6307 * red: red value. | |
6308 * green: green value. | |
6309 * blue: blue value. | |
6310 */ | |
6311 void API dw_color_foreground_set(unsigned long value) | |
6312 { | |
6313 _foreground = value; | |
6314 } | |
6315 | |
6316 /* Sets the current background drawing color. | |
6317 * Parameters: | |
6318 * red: red value. | |
6319 * green: green value. | |
6320 * blue: blue value. | |
6321 */ | |
6322 void API dw_color_background_set(unsigned long value) | |
6323 { | |
6324 _background = value; | |
6325 } | |
6326 | |
6327 HPS _set_hps(HPS hps) | |
6328 { | |
6329 LONG alTable[18]; | |
6330 | |
6331 GpiQueryLogColorTable(hps, 0L, 0L, 18L, alTable); | |
6332 | |
6333 alTable[16] = DW_RED_VALUE(_foreground) << 16 | DW_GREEN_VALUE(_foreground) << 8 | DW_BLUE_VALUE(_foreground); | |
6334 alTable[17] = DW_RED_VALUE(_background) << 16 | DW_GREEN_VALUE(_background) << 8 | DW_BLUE_VALUE(_background); | |
6335 | |
6336 GpiCreateLogColorTable(hps, | |
6337 0L, | |
6338 LCOLF_CONSECRGB, | |
6339 0L, | |
6340 18, | |
6341 alTable); | |
6342 if(_foreground & DW_RGB_COLOR) | |
6343 GpiSetColor(hps, 16); | |
6344 else | |
6345 GpiSetColor(hps, _internal_color(_foreground)); | |
6346 if(_background & DW_RGB_COLOR) | |
6347 GpiSetBackColor(hps, 17); | |
6348 else | |
6349 GpiSetBackColor(hps, _internal_color(_background)); | |
6350 return hps; | |
6351 } | |
6352 | |
6353 HPS _set_colors(HWND handle) | |
6354 { | |
6355 HPS hps = WinGetPS(handle); | |
6356 | |
6357 _set_hps(hps); | |
6358 return hps; | |
6359 } | |
6360 | |
6361 /* Draw a point on a window (preferably a render window). | |
6362 * Parameters: | |
6363 * handle: Handle to the window. | |
6364 * pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these) | |
6365 * x: X coordinate. | |
6366 * y: Y coordinate. | |
6367 */ | |
6368 void API dw_draw_point(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x, int y) | |
6369 { | |
6370 HPS hps; | |
6371 int height; | |
6372 POINTL ptl; | |
6373 | |
6374 if(handle) | |
6375 { | |
6376 hps = _set_colors(handle); | |
6377 height = _get_height(handle); | |
6378 } | |
6379 else if(pixmap) | |
6380 { | |
6381 hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps); | |
6382 height = pixmap->height; | |
6383 } | |
6384 else | |
6385 return; | |
6386 | |
6387 ptl.x = x; | |
6388 ptl.y = height - y - 1; | |
6389 | |
6390 GpiSetPel(hps, &ptl); | |
6391 if(!pixmap) | |
6392 WinReleasePS(hps); | |
6393 } | |
6394 | |
6395 /* Draw a line on a window (preferably a render window). | |
6396 * Parameters: | |
6397 * handle: Handle to the window. | |
6398 * pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these) | |
6399 * x1: First X coordinate. | |
6400 * y1: First Y coordinate. | |
6401 * x2: Second X coordinate. | |
6402 * y2: Second Y coordinate. | |
6403 */ | |
6404 void API dw_draw_line(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) | |
6405 { | |
6406 HPS hps; | |
6407 int height; | |
6408 POINTL ptl[2]; | |
6409 | |
6410 if(handle) | |
6411 { | |
6412 hps = _set_colors(handle); | |
6413 height = _get_height(handle); | |
6414 } | |
6415 else if(pixmap) | |
6416 { | |
6417 hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps); | |
6418 height = pixmap->height; | |
6419 } | |
6420 else | |
6421 return; | |
6422 | |
6423 ptl[0].x = x1; | |
6424 ptl[0].y = height - y1 - 1; | |
6425 ptl[1].x = x2; | |
6426 ptl[1].y = height - y2 - 1; | |
6427 | |
6428 GpiMove(hps, &ptl[0]); | |
6429 GpiLine(hps, &ptl[1]); | |
6430 | |
6431 if(!pixmap) | |
6432 WinReleasePS(hps); | |
6433 } | |
6434 | |
6435 | |
6436 void _CopyFontSettings(HPS hpsSrc, HPS hpsDst) | |
6437 { | |
6438 FONTMETRICS fm; | |
6439 FATTRS fat; | |
6440 SIZEF sizf; | |
6441 | |
6442 GpiQueryFontMetrics(hpsSrc, sizeof(FONTMETRICS), &fm); | |
6443 | |
6444 memset(&fat, 0, sizeof(fat)); | |
6445 | |
6446 fat.usRecordLength = sizeof(FATTRS); | |
6447 fat.lMatch = fm.lMatch; | |
6448 strcpy(fat.szFacename, fm.szFacename); | |
6449 | |
6450 GpiCreateLogFont(hpsDst, 0, 1L, &fat); | |
6451 GpiSetCharSet(hpsDst, 1L); | |
6452 | |
6453 sizf.cx = MAKEFIXED(fm.lEmInc,0); | |
6454 sizf.cy = MAKEFIXED(fm.lMaxBaselineExt,0); | |
6455 GpiSetCharBox(hpsDst, &sizf ); | |
6456 } | |
6457 | |
6458 /* Draw text on a window (preferably a render window). | |
6459 * Parameters: | |
6460 * handle: Handle to the window. | |
6461 * pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these) | |
6462 * x: X coordinate. | |
6463 * y: Y coordinate. | |
6464 * text: Text to be displayed. | |
6465 */ | |
6466 void API dw_draw_text(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x, int y, char *text) | |
6467 { | |
6468 HPS hps; | |
6469 int size = 9, z, height; | |
6470 RECTL rcl; | |
6471 char fontname[128]; | |
6472 | |
6473 if(handle) | |
6474 { | |
6475 hps = _set_colors(handle); | |
6476 height = _get_height(handle); | |
6477 _GetPPFont(handle, fontname); | |
6478 } | |
6479 else if(pixmap) | |
6480 { | |
6481 HPS pixmaphps = WinGetPS(pixmap->handle); | |
6482 | |
6483 hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps); | |
6484 height = pixmap->height; | |
6485 _GetPPFont(pixmap->handle, fontname); | |
6486 _CopyFontSettings(pixmaphps, hps); | |
6487 WinReleasePS(pixmaphps); | |
6488 } | |
6489 else | |
6490 return; | |
6491 | |
6492 for(z=0;z<strlen(fontname);z++) | |
6493 { | |
6494 if(fontname[z]=='.') | |
6495 break; | |
6496 } | |
6497 size = atoi(fontname); | |
6498 | |
6499 rcl.xLeft = x; | |
6500 rcl.yTop = height - y; | |
6501 rcl.yBottom = rcl.yTop - (size*2); | |
6502 rcl.xRight = rcl.xLeft + (size * strlen(text)); | |
6503 | |
6504 WinDrawText(hps, -1, text, &rcl, DT_TEXTATTRS, DT_TEXTATTRS, DT_VCENTER | DT_LEFT | DT_TEXTATTRS); | |
6505 | |
6506 if(!pixmap) | |
6507 WinReleasePS(hps); | |
6508 } | |
6509 | |
6510 /* Query the width and height of a text string. | |
6511 * Parameters: | |
6512 * handle: Handle to the window. | |
6513 * pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these) | |
6514 * text: Text to be queried. | |
6515 * width: Pointer to a variable to be filled in with the width. | |
6516 * height Pointer to a variable to be filled in with the height. | |
6517 */ | |
6518 void API dw_font_text_extents(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, char *text, int *width, int *height) | |
6519 { | |
6520 HPS hps; | |
6521 POINTL aptl[TXTBOX_COUNT]; | |
6522 | |
6523 if(handle) | |
6524 { | |
6525 hps = _set_colors(handle); | |
6526 } | |
6527 else if(pixmap) | |
6528 { | |
6529 HPS pixmaphps = WinGetPS(pixmap->handle); | |
6530 | |
6531 hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps); | |
6532 _CopyFontSettings(pixmaphps, hps); | |
6533 WinReleasePS(pixmaphps); | |
6534 } | |
6535 else | |
6536 return; | |
6537 | |
6538 GpiQueryTextBox(hps, strlen(text), text, TXTBOX_COUNT, aptl); | |
6539 | |
6540 if(width) | |
6541 *width = aptl[TXTBOX_TOPRIGHT].x - aptl[TXTBOX_TOPLEFT].x; | |
6542 | |
6543 if(height) | |
6544 *height = aptl[TXTBOX_TOPLEFT].y - aptl[TXTBOX_BOTTOMLEFT].y; | |
6545 | |
6546 if(!pixmap) | |
6547 WinReleasePS(hps); | |
6548 } | |
6549 | |
6550 /* Draw a rectangle on a window (preferably a render window). | |
6551 * Parameters: | |
6552 * handle: Handle to the window. | |
6553 * pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these) | |
6554 * fill: Fill box TRUE or FALSE. | |
6555 * x: X coordinate. | |
6556 * y: Y coordinate. | |
6557 * width: Width of rectangle. | |
6558 * height: Height of rectangle. | |
6559 */ | |
6560 void API dw_draw_rect(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int fill, int x, int y, int width, int height) | |
6561 { | |
6562 HPS hps; | |
6563 int thisheight; | |
6564 POINTL ptl[2]; | |
6565 | |
6566 if(handle) | |
6567 { | |
6568 hps = _set_colors(handle); | |
6569 thisheight = _get_height(handle); | |
6570 } | |
6571 else if(pixmap) | |
6572 { | |
6573 hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps); | |
6574 thisheight = pixmap->height; | |
6575 } | |
6576 else | |
6577 return; | |
6578 | |
6579 ptl[0].x = x; | |
6580 ptl[0].y = thisheight - y - 1; | |
6581 ptl[1].x = x + width - 1; | |
6582 ptl[1].y = thisheight - y - height; | |
6583 | |
6584 GpiMove(hps, &ptl[0]); | |
6585 GpiBox(hps, fill ? DRO_OUTLINEFILL : DRO_OUTLINE, &ptl[1], 0, 0); | |
6586 | |
6587 if(!pixmap) | |
6588 WinReleasePS(hps); | |
6589 } | |
6590 | |
6591 /* Call this after drawing to the screen to make sure | |
6592 * anything you have drawn is visible. | |
6593 */ | |
6594 void API dw_flush(void) | |
6595 { | |
6596 } | |
6597 | |
6598 /* | |
6599 * Creates a pixmap with given parameters. | |
6600 * Parameters: | |
6601 * handle: Window handle the pixmap is associated with. | |
6602 * width: Width of the pixmap in pixels. | |
6603 * height: Height of the pixmap in pixels. | |
6604 * depth: Color depth of the pixmap. | |
6605 * Returns: | |
6606 * A handle to a pixmap or NULL on failure. | |
6607 */ | |
6608 HPIXMAP API dw_pixmap_new(HWND handle, unsigned long width, unsigned long height, int depth) | |
6609 { | |
6610 BITMAPINFOHEADER bmih; | |
6611 SIZEL sizl = { 0, 0 }; | |
6612 HPIXMAP pixmap; | |
6613 HDC hdc; | |
6614 HPS hps; | |
6615 ULONG ulFlags; | |
6616 LONG cPlanes, cBitCount; | |
6617 | |
6618 if (!(pixmap = calloc(1,sizeof(struct _hpixmap)))) | |
6619 return NULL; | |
6620 | |
6621 hps = WinGetPS(handle); | |
6622 | |
6623 hdc = GpiQueryDevice(hps); | |
6624 ulFlags = GpiQueryPS(hps, &sizl); | |
6625 | |
6626 pixmap->handle = handle; | |
6627 pixmap->hdc = DevOpenDC(dwhab, OD_MEMORY, "*", 0L, NULL, hdc); | |
6628 pixmap->hps = GpiCreatePS (dwhab, pixmap->hdc, &sizl, ulFlags | GPIA_ASSOC); | |
6629 | |
6630 DevQueryCaps(hdc, CAPS_COLOR_PLANES , 1L, &cPlanes); | |
6631 if (!depth) | |
6632 { | |
6633 DevQueryCaps(hdc, CAPS_COLOR_BITCOUNT, 1L, &cBitCount); | |
6634 depth = cBitCount; | |
6635 } | |
6636 | |
6637 memset(&bmih, 0, sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER)); | |
6638 bmih.cbFix = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER); | |
6639 bmih.cx = (SHORT)width; | |
6640 bmih.cy = (SHORT)height; | |
6641 bmih.cPlanes = (SHORT)cPlanes; | |
6642 bmih.cBitCount = (SHORT)depth; | |
6643 | |
6644 pixmap->width = width; pixmap->height = height; | |
6645 | |
6646 pixmap->hbm = GpiCreateBitmap(pixmap->hps, (PBITMAPINFOHEADER2)&bmih, 0L, NULL, NULL); | |
6647 | |
6648 GpiSetBitmap(pixmap->hps, pixmap->hbm); | |
6649 | |
6650 if (depth>8) | |
6651 GpiCreateLogColorTable(pixmap->hps, LCOL_PURECOLOR, LCOLF_RGB, 0, 0, NULL ); | |
6652 | |
6653 WinReleasePS(hps); | |
6654 | |
6655 return pixmap; | |
6656 } | |
6657 | |
6658 /* | |
6659 * Creates a pixmap from internal resource graphic specified by id. | |
6660 * Parameters: | |
6661 * handle: Window handle the pixmap is associated with. | |
6662 * id: Resource ID associated with requested pixmap. | |
6663 * Returns: | |
6664 * A handle to a pixmap or NULL on failure. | |
6665 */ | |
6666 HPIXMAP API dw_pixmap_grab(HWND handle, ULONG id) | |
6667 { | |
6668 BITMAPINFOHEADER bmih; | |
6669 SIZEL sizl = { 0, 0 }; | |
6670 HPIXMAP pixmap; | |
6671 HDC hdc; | |
6672 HPS hps; | |
6673 ULONG ulFlags; | |
6674 | |
6675 if (!(pixmap = calloc(1,sizeof(struct _hpixmap)))) | |
6676 return NULL; | |
6677 | |
6678 hps = WinGetPS(handle); | |
6679 | |
6680 hdc = GpiQueryDevice(hps); | |
6681 ulFlags = GpiQueryPS(hps, &sizl); | |
6682 | |
6683 pixmap->hdc = DevOpenDC(dwhab, OD_MEMORY, "*", 0L, NULL, hdc); | |
6684 pixmap->hps = GpiCreatePS (dwhab, pixmap->hdc, &sizl, ulFlags | GPIA_ASSOC); | |
6685 | |
6686 pixmap->hbm = GpiLoadBitmap(pixmap->hps, NULLHANDLE, id, 0, 0); | |
6687 | |
6688 GpiQueryBitmapParameters(pixmap->hbm, &bmih); | |
6689 | |
6690 GpiSetBitmap(pixmap->hps, pixmap->hbm); | |
6691 | |
6692 pixmap->width = bmih.cx; pixmap->height = bmih.cy; | |
6693 | |
6694 WinReleasePS(hps); | |
6695 | |
6696 return pixmap; | |
6697 } | |
6698 | |
6699 /* | |
6700 * Destroys an allocated pixmap. | |
6701 * Parameters: | |
6702 * pixmap: Handle to a pixmap returned by | |
6703 * dw_pixmap_new.. | |
6704 */ | |
6705 void API dw_pixmap_destroy(HPIXMAP pixmap) | |
6706 { | |
6707 GpiSetBitmap(pixmap->hps, NULLHANDLE); | |
6708 GpiDeleteBitmap(pixmap->hbm); | |
6709 GpiAssociate(pixmap->hps, NULLHANDLE); | |
6710 GpiDestroyPS(pixmap->hps); | |
6711 DevCloseDC(pixmap->hdc); | |
6712 free(pixmap); | |
6713 } | |
6714 | |
6715 /* | |
6716 * Copies from one item to another. | |
6717 * Parameters: | |
6718 * dest: Destination window handle. | |
6719 * destp: Destination pixmap. (choose only one). | |
6720 * xdest: X coordinate of destination. | |
6721 * ydest: Y coordinate of destination. | |
6722 * width: Width of area to copy. | |
6723 * height: Height of area to copy. | |
6724 * src: Source window handle. | |
6725 * srcp: Source pixmap. (choose only one). | |
6726 * xsrc: X coordinate of source. | |
6727 * ysrc: Y coordinate of source. | |
6728 */ | |
6729 void API dw_pixmap_bitblt(HWND dest, HPIXMAP destp, int xdest, int ydest, int width, int height, HWND src, HPIXMAP srcp, int xsrc, int ysrc) | |
6730 { | |
6731 HPS hpsdest; | |
6732 HPS hpssrc; | |
6733 POINTL ptl[4]; | |
6734 int destheight, srcheight; | |
6735 | |
6736 if(dest) | |
6737 { | |
6738 hpsdest = WinGetPS(dest); | |
6739 destheight = _get_height(dest); | |
6740 } | |
6741 else if(destp) | |
6742 { | |
6743 hpsdest = destp->hps; | |
6744 destheight = destp->height; | |
6745 } | |
6746 else | |
6747 return; | |
6748 | |
6749 if(src) | |
6750 { | |
6751 hpssrc = WinGetPS(src); | |
6752 srcheight = _get_height(src); | |
6753 } | |
6754 else if(srcp) | |
6755 { | |
6756 hpssrc = srcp->hps; | |
6757 srcheight = srcp->height; | |
6758 } | |
6759 else | |
6760 { | |
6761 if(!destp) | |
6762 WinReleasePS(hpsdest); | |
6763 return; | |
6764 } | |
6765 | |
6766 ptl[0].x = xdest; | |
6767 ptl[0].y = (destheight - ydest) - height; | |
6768 ptl[1].x = ptl[0].x + width; | |
6769 ptl[1].y = destheight - ydest; | |
6770 ptl[2].x = xsrc; | |
6771 ptl[2].y = srcheight - (ysrc + height); | |
6772 ptl[3].x = ptl[2].x + width; | |
6773 ptl[3].y = ptl[2].y + height; | |
6774 | |
6775 GpiBitBlt(hpsdest, hpssrc, 4, ptl, ROP_SRCCOPY, BBO_IGNORE); | |
6776 | |
6777 if(!destp) | |
6778 WinReleasePS(hpsdest); | |
6779 if(!srcp) | |
6780 WinReleasePS(hpssrc); | |
6781 } | |
6782 | |
6783 /* | |
6784 * Emits a beep. | |
6785 * Parameters: | |
6786 * freq: Frequency. | |
6787 * dur: Duration. | |
6788 */ | |
6789 void API dw_beep(int freq, int dur) | |
6790 { | |
6791 DosBeep(freq, dur); | |
6792 } | |
6793 | |
6794 /* Open a shared library and return a handle. | |
6795 * Parameters: | |
6796 * name: Base name of the shared library. | |
6797 * handle: Pointer to a module handle, | |
6798 * will be filled in with the handle. | |
6799 */ | |
6800 int API dw_module_load(char *name, HMOD *handle) | |
6801 { | |
6802 char objnamebuf[300] = ""; | |
6803 | |
6804 return DosLoadModule(objnamebuf, sizeof(objnamebuf), name, handle); | |
6805 } | |
6806 | |
6807 /* Queries the address of a symbol within open handle. | |
6808 * Parameters: | |
6809 * handle: Module handle returned by dw_module_load() | |
6810 * name: Name of the symbol you want the address of. | |
6811 * func: A pointer to a function pointer, to obtain | |
6812 * the address. | |
6813 */ | |
6814 int API dw_module_symbol(HMOD handle, char *name, void**func) | |
6815 { | |
6816 return DosQueryProcAddr(handle, 0, name, (PFN*)func); | |
6817 } | |
6818 | |
6819 /* Frees the shared library previously opened. | |
6820 * Parameters: | |
6821 * handle: Module handle returned by dw_module_load() | |
6822 */ | |
6823 int API dw_module_close(HMOD handle) | |
6824 { | |
6825 DosFreeModule(handle); | |
6826 return 0; | |
6827 } | |
6828 | |
6829 /* | |
6830 * Returns the handle to an unnamed mutex semaphore. | |
6831 */ | |
6832 HMTX API dw_mutex_new(void) | |
6833 { | |
6834 HMTX mutex; | |
6835 | |
6836 DosCreateMutexSem(NULL, &mutex, 0, FALSE); | |
6837 return mutex; | |
6838 } | |
6839 | |
6840 /* | |
6841 * Closes a semaphore created by dw_mutex_new(). | |
6842 * Parameters: | |
6843 * mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new(). | |
6844 */ | |
6845 void API dw_mutex_close(HMTX mutex) | |
6846 { | |
6847 DosCloseMutexSem(mutex); | |
6848 } | |
6849 | |
6850 /* | |
6851 * Tries to gain access to the semaphore, if it can't it blocks. | |
6852 * If we are in a callback we must keep the message loop running | |
6853 * while blocking. | |
6854 * Parameters: | |
6855 * mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new(). | |
6856 */ | |
6857 void API dw_mutex_lock(HMTX mutex) | |
6858 { | |
6859 if(_dwtid == dw_thread_id()) | |
6860 { | |
6861 int rc = DosRequestMutexSem(mutex, SEM_IMMEDIATE_RETURN); | |
6862 | |
6863 while(rc == ERROR_TIMEOUT) | |
6864 { | |
6865 dw_main_sleep(10); | |
6866 rc = DosRequestMutexSem(mutex, SEM_IMMEDIATE_RETURN); | |
6867 } | |
6868 } | |
6869 else | |
6870 DosRequestMutexSem(mutex, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT); | |
6871 } | |
6872 | |
6873 /* | |
6874 * Reliquishes the access to the semaphore. | |
6875 * Parameters: | |
6876 * mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new(). | |
6877 */ | |
6878 void API dw_mutex_unlock(HMTX mutex) | |
6879 { | |
6880 DosReleaseMutexSem(mutex); | |
6881 } | |
6882 | |
6883 /* | |
6884 * Returns the handle to an unnamed event semaphore. | |
6885 */ | |
6886 HEV API dw_event_new(void) | |
6887 { | |
6888 HEV blah; | |
6889 | |
6890 if(DosCreateEventSem (NULL, &blah, 0L, FALSE)) | |
6891 return 0; | |
6892 | |
6893 return blah; | |
6894 } | |
6895 | |
6896 /* | |
6897 * Resets a semaphore created by dw_event_new(). | |
6898 * Parameters: | |
6899 * eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new(). | |
6900 */ | |
6901 int API dw_event_reset(HEV eve) | |
6902 { | |
6903 ULONG count; | |
6904 | |
6905 if(DosResetEventSem(eve, &count)) | |
6906 return FALSE; | |
6907 return TRUE; | |
6908 } | |
6909 | |
6910 /* | |
6911 * Posts a semaphore created by dw_event_new(). Causing all threads | |
6912 * waiting on this event in dw_event_wait to continue. | |
6913 * Parameters: | |
6914 * eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new(). | |
6915 */ | |
6916 int API dw_event_post(HEV eve) | |
6917 { | |
6918 if(DosPostEventSem(eve)) | |
6919 return FALSE; | |
6920 return TRUE; | |
6921 } | |
6922 | |
6923 | |
6924 /* | |
6925 * Waits on a semaphore created by dw_event_new(), until the | |
6926 * event gets posted or until the timeout expires. | |
6927 * Parameters: | |
6928 * eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new(). | |
6929 */ | |
6930 int API dw_event_wait(HEV eve, unsigned long timeout) | |
6931 { | |
6932 int rc = DosWaitEventSem(eve, timeout); | |
6933 if(!rc) | |
6934 return 1; | |
6935 if(rc == ERROR_TIMEOUT) | |
6936 return -1; | |
6937 return 0; | |
6938 } | |
6939 | |
6940 /* | |
6941 * Closes a semaphore created by dw_event_new(). | |
6942 * Parameters: | |
6943 * eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new(). | |
6944 */ | |
6945 int API dw_event_close(HEV *eve) | |
6946 { | |
6947 if(!eve || ~DosCloseEventSem(*eve)) | |
6948 return FALSE; | |
6949 return TRUE; | |
6950 } | |
6951 | |
6952 /* | |
6953 * Encapsulate the message queues on OS/2. | |
6954 */ | |
6955 void _dwthreadstart(void *data) | |
6956 { | |
6957 HAB thishab = WinInitialize(0); | |
6958 HMQ thishmq = WinCreateMsgQueue(dwhab, 0); | |
6959 void (*threadfunc)(void *) = NULL; | |
6960 void **tmp = (void **)data; | |
6961 | |
6962 threadfunc = (void (*)(void *))tmp[0]; | |
6963 threadfunc(tmp[1]); | |
6964 | |
6965 free(tmp); | |
6966 | |
6967 WinDestroyMsgQueue(thishmq); | |
6968 WinTerminate(thishab); | |
6969 } | |
6970 | |
6971 /* | |
6972 * Creates a new thread with a starting point of func. | |
6973 * Parameters: | |
6974 * func: Function which will be run in the new thread. | |
6975 * data: Parameter(s) passed to the function. | |
6976 * stack: Stack size of new thread (OS/2 and Windows only). | |
6977 */ | |
6978 DWTID API dw_thread_new(void *func, void *data, int stack) | |
6979 { | |
6980 void **tmp = malloc(sizeof(void *) * 2); | |
6981 | |
6982 tmp[0] = func; | |
6983 tmp[1] = data; | |
6984 | |
6985 return (DWTID)_beginthread((void (*)(void *))_dwthreadstart, NULL, stack, (void *)tmp); | |
6986 } | |
6987 | |
6988 /* | |
6989 * Ends execution of current thread immediately. | |
6990 */ | |
6991 void API dw_thread_end(void) | |
6992 { | |
6993 _endthread(); | |
6994 } | |
6995 | |
6996 /* | |
6997 * Returns the current thread's ID. | |
6998 */ | |
6999 DWTID API dw_thread_id(void) | |
7000 { | |
7001 return (DWTID)_threadid; | |
7002 } | |
7003 | |
7004 /* | |
7005 * Cleanly terminates a DW session, should be signal handler safe. | |
7006 * Parameters: | |
7007 * exitcode: Exit code reported to the operating system. | |
7008 */ | |
7009 void API dw_exit(int exitcode) | |
7010 { | |
7011 /* In case we are in a signal handler, don't | |
7012 * try to free memory that could possibly be | |
7013 * free()'d by the runtime already. | |
7014 */ | |
7015 Root = NULL; | |
7016 | |
7017 exit(exitcode); | |
7018 } | |
7019 | |
7020 /* | |
7021 * Creates a splitbar window (widget) with given parameters. | |
7022 * Parameters: | |
7023 * type: Value can be BOXVERT or BOXHORZ. | |
7024 * topleft: Handle to the window to be top or left. | |
7025 * bottomright: Handle to the window to be bottom or right. | |
7026 * Returns: | |
7027 * A handle to a splitbar window or NULL on failure. | |
7028 */ | |
7029 HWND API dw_splitbar_new(int type, HWND topleft, HWND bottomright, unsigned long id) | |
7030 { | |
7031 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
7032 SplitbarClassName, | |
7033 NULL, | |
7034 WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, | |
7035 0,0,2000,1000, | |
7036 NULLHANDLE, | |
7037 HWND_TOP, | |
7038 id, | |
7039 NULL, | |
7040 NULL); | |
7041 if(tmp) | |
7042 { | |
7043 HWND tmpbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 0); | |
7044 float *percent = malloc(sizeof(float)); | |
7045 | |
7046 dw_box_pack_start(tmpbox, topleft, 1, 1, TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
7047 WinSetParent(tmpbox, tmp, FALSE); | |
7048 dw_window_set_data(tmp, "_dw_topleft", (void *)tmpbox); | |
7049 | |
7050 tmpbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 0); | |
7051 dw_box_pack_start(tmpbox, bottomright, 1, 1, TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
7052 WinSetParent(tmpbox, tmp, FALSE); | |
7053 *percent = 50.0; | |
7054 dw_window_set_data(tmp, "_dw_bottomright", (void *)tmpbox); | |
7055 dw_window_set_data(tmp, "_dw_percent", (void *)percent); | |
7056 dw_window_set_data(tmp, "_dw_type", (void *)type); | |
7057 } | |
7058 return tmp; | |
7059 } | |
7060 | |
7061 /* | |
7062 * Sets the position of a splitbar (pecentage). | |
7063 * Parameters: | |
7064 * handle: The handle to the splitbar returned by dw_splitbar_new(). | |
7065 */ | |
7066 void API dw_splitbar_set(HWND handle, float percent) | |
7067 { | |
7068 float *mypercent = (float *)dw_window_get_data(handle, "_dw_percent"); | |
7069 int type = (int)dw_window_get_data(handle, "_dw_type"); | |
7070 unsigned long width, height; | |
7071 | |
7072 if(mypercent) | |
7073 *mypercent = percent; | |
7074 | |
7075 dw_window_get_pos_size(handle, NULL, NULL, &width, &height); | |
7076 | |
7077 _handle_splitbar_resize(handle, percent, type, width, height); | |
7078 } | |
7079 | |
7080 /* | |
7081 * Gets the position of a splitbar (pecentage). | |
7082 * Parameters: | |
7083 * handle: The handle to the splitbar returned by dw_splitbar_new(). | |
7084 */ | |
7085 float API dw_splitbar_get(HWND handle) | |
7086 { | |
7087 float *percent = (float *)dw_window_get_data(handle, "_dw_percent"); | |
7088 | |
7089 if(percent) | |
7090 return *percent; | |
7091 return 0.0; | |
7092 } | |
7093 | |
7094 /* | |
7095 * Pack windows (widgets) into a box from the start (or top). | |
7096 * Parameters: | |
7097 * box: Window handle of the box to be packed into. | |
7098 * item: Window handle of the item to be back. | |
7099 * width: Width in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined. | |
7100 * height: Height in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined. | |
7101 * hsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand horizontally to fill space given. | |
7102 * vsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand vertically to fill space given. | |
7103 * pad: Number of pixels of padding around the item. | |
7104 */ | |
7105 void API dw_box_pack_start(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad) | |
7106 { | |
7107 Box *thisbox; | |
7108 | |
7109 if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT)) | |
7110 { | |
7111 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT); | |
7112 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
7113 } | |
7114 else | |
7115 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
7116 if(thisbox) | |
7117 { | |
7118 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | |
7119 dw_box_pack_end_stub(box, item, width, height, hsize, vsize, pad); | |
7120 else | |
7121 dw_box_pack_start_stub(box, item, width, height, hsize, vsize, pad); | |
7122 } | |
7123 } | |
7124 | |
7125 void dw_box_pack_start_stub(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad) | |
7126 { | |
7127 Box *thisbox; | |
7128 | |
7129 if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT)) | |
7130 { | |
7131 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT); | |
7132 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
7133 hsize = TRUE; | |
7134 vsize = TRUE; | |
7135 } | |
7136 else | |
7137 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
7138 if(thisbox) | |
7139 { | |
7140 int z; | |
7141 Item *tmpitem, *thisitem = thisbox->items; | |
7142 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
7143 | |
7144 tmpitem = malloc(sizeof(Item)*(thisbox->count+1)); | |
7145 | |
7146 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) | |
7147 { | |
7148 tmpitem[z+1] = thisitem[z]; | |
7149 } | |
7150 | |
7151 WinQueryClassName(item, 99, tmpbuf); | |
7152 | |
7153 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#1", 3)==0) | |
7154 tmpitem[0].type = TYPEBOX; | |
7155 else | |
7156 tmpitem[0].type = TYPEITEM; | |
7157 | |
7158 tmpitem[0].hwnd = item; | |
7159 tmpitem[0].origwidth = tmpitem[0].width = width; | |
7160 tmpitem[0].origheight = tmpitem[0].height = height; | |
7161 tmpitem[0].pad = pad; | |
7162 if(hsize) | |
7163 tmpitem[0].hsize = SIZEEXPAND; | |
7164 else | |
7165 tmpitem[0].hsize = SIZESTATIC; | |
7166 | |
7167 if(vsize) | |
7168 tmpitem[0].vsize = SIZEEXPAND; | |
7169 else | |
7170 tmpitem[0].vsize = SIZESTATIC; | |
7171 | |
7172 thisbox->items = tmpitem; | |
7173 | |
7174 if(thisbox->count) | |
7175 free(thisitem); | |
7176 | |
7177 thisbox->count++; | |
7178 | |
7179 WinQueryClassName(item, 99, tmpbuf); | |
7180 /* Don't set the ownership if it's an entryfield or spinbutton */ | |
7181 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 3)!=0 && strncmp(tmpbuf, "#32", 4)!=0) | |
7182 WinSetOwner(item, box); | |
7183 WinSetParent(item, box, FALSE); | |
7184 } | |
7185 } | |
7186 | |
7187 /* The following two functions graciously contributed by Peter Nielsen. */ | |
7188 static ULONG _ParseBuildLevel (char* pchBuffer, ULONG ulSize) { | |
7189 char* pchStart = pchBuffer; | |
7190 char* pchEnd = pchStart + ulSize - 2; | |
7191 | |
7192 while (pchEnd >= pchStart) | |
7193 { | |
7194 if ((pchEnd[0] == '#') && (pchEnd[1] == '@')) | |
7195 { | |
7196 *pchEnd-- = '\0'; | |
7197 while (pchEnd >= pchStart) | |
7198 { | |
7199 if ((pchEnd[0] == '@') && (pchEnd[1] == '#')) | |
7200 { | |
7201 ULONG ulMajor = 0; | |
7202 ULONG ulMinor = 0; | |
7203 | |
7204 char* pch = pchEnd + 2; | |
7205 while (!isdigit ((int)*pch) && *pch) | |
7206 pch++; | |
7207 | |
7208 while (isdigit ((int)*pch)) | |
7209 ulMajor = ulMajor * 10 + *pch++ - '0'; | |
7210 | |
7211 if (*pch == '.') | |
7212 { | |
7213 while (isdigit ((int)*++pch)) | |
7214 ulMinor = ulMinor * 10 + *pch - '0'; | |
7215 } | |
7216 return ((ulMajor << 16) | ulMinor); | |
7217 } | |
7218 pchEnd--; | |
7219 } | |
7220 } | |
7221 pchEnd--; | |
7222 } | |
7223 return (0); | |
7224 } | |
7225 | |
7226 ULONG _GetSystemBuildLevel(void) { | |
7227 /* The build level info is normally available in the end of the OS2KRNL file. However, this is not the case in some beta versions of OS/2. | |
7228 * We first try to find the info in the 256 last bytes of the file. If that fails, we load the entire file and search it completely. | |
7229 */ | |
7230 ULONG ulBootDrive = 0; | |
7231 ULONG ulBuild = 0; | |
7232 if (DosQuerySysInfo (QSV_BOOT_DRIVE, QSV_BOOT_DRIVE, &ulBootDrive, sizeof (ulBootDrive)) == NO_ERROR) | |
7233 { | |
7234 char achFileName[11] = "C:\\OS2KRNL"; | |
7235 HFILE hfile; | |
7236 ULONG ulResult; | |
7237 | |
7238 achFileName[0] = (char)('A'+ulBootDrive-1); | |
7239 | |
7240 if (DosOpen (achFileName, &hfile, &ulResult, 0, 0, OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS, OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_NO_CACHE | OPEN_FLAGS_SEQUENTIAL | OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE | OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY, NULL) == NO_ERROR) | |
7241 { | |
7242 ULONG ulFileSize = 0; | |
7243 if (DosSetFilePtr (hfile, 0, FILE_END, &ulFileSize) == NO_ERROR) | |
7244 { | |
7245 const ULONG ulFirstTry = min (256, ulFileSize); | |
7246 if (DosSetFilePtr (hfile, -(LONG)ulFirstTry, FILE_END, &ulResult) == NO_ERROR) | |
7247 { | |
7248 char *pchBuffer = malloc(ulFirstTry); | |
7249 if (DosRead (hfile, pchBuffer, ulFirstTry, &ulResult) == NO_ERROR) | |
7250 { | |
7251 ulBuild = _ParseBuildLevel (pchBuffer, ulFirstTry); | |
7252 if (ulBuild == 0) | |
7253 { | |
7254 if (DosSetFilePtr (hfile, 0, FILE_BEGIN, &ulResult) == NO_ERROR) | |
7255 { | |
7256 free(pchBuffer); | |
7257 pchBuffer = malloc(ulFileSize); | |
7258 | |
7259 if (DosRead (hfile, pchBuffer, ulFileSize, &ulResult) == NO_ERROR) | |
7260 ulBuild = _ParseBuildLevel (pchBuffer, ulFileSize); | |
7261 } | |
7262 } | |
7263 } | |
7264 free(pchBuffer); | |
7265 } | |
7266 } | |
7267 DosClose (hfile); | |
7268 } | |
7269 } | |
7270 return (ulBuild); | |
7271 } | |
7272 | |
7273 /* | |
7274 * Sets the default focus item for a window/dialog. | |
7275 * Parameters: | |
7276 * window: Toplevel window or dialog. | |
7277 * defaultitem: Handle to the dialog item to be default. | |
7278 */ | |
7279 void API dw_window_default(HWND window, HWND defaultitem) | |
7280 { | |
7281 Box *thisbox = NULL; | |
7282 HWND box; | |
7283 | |
7284 box = WinWindowFromID(window, FID_CLIENT); | |
7285 if(box) | |
7286 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
7287 | |
7288 if(thisbox) | |
7289 thisbox->defaultitem = defaultitem; | |
7290 } | |
7291 | |
7292 /* | |
7293 * Sets window to click the default dialog item when an ENTER is pressed. | |
7294 * Parameters: | |
7295 * window: Window (widget) to look for the ENTER press. | |
7296 * next: Window (widget) to move to next (or click) | |
7297 */ | |
7298 void API dw_window_click_default(HWND window, HWND next) | |
7299 { | |
7300 WindowData *blah = (WindowData *)WinQueryWindowPtr(window, QWP_USER); | |
7301 | |
7302 if(blah) | |
7303 blah->clickdefault = next; | |
7304 } | |
7305 | |
7306 /* | |
7307 * Returns some information about the current operating environment. | |
7308 * Parameters: | |
7309 * env: Pointer to a DWEnv struct. | |
7310 */ | |
7311 void API dw_environment_query(DWEnv *env) | |
7312 { | |
7313 ULONG Build; | |
7314 | |
7315 if(!env) | |
7316 return; | |
7317 | |
7318 /* The default is OS/2 2.0 */ | |
7319 strcpy(env->osName,"OS/2"); | |
7320 env->MajorVersion = 2; | |
7321 env->MinorVersion = 0; | |
7322 | |
7323 Build = _GetSystemBuildLevel(); | |
7324 env->MinorBuild = Build & 0xFFFF; | |
7325 env->MajorBuild = Build >> 16; | |
7326 | |
7327 if (aulBuffer[0] == 20) | |
7328 { | |
7329 int i = (unsigned int)aulBuffer[1]; | |
7330 if (i > 20) | |
7331 { | |
7332 strcpy(env->osName,"Warp"); | |
7333 env->MajorVersion = (int)i/10; | |
7334 env->MinorVersion = i-(((int)i/10)*10); | |
7335 } | |
7336 else if (i == 10) | |
7337 env->MinorVersion = 1; | |
7338 } | |
7339 strcpy(env->buildDate, __DATE__); | |
7340 strcpy(env->buildTime, __TIME__); | |
7341 env->DWMajorVersion = DW_MAJOR_VERSION; | |
7342 env->DWMinorVersion = DW_MINOR_VERSION; | |
7343 env->DWSubVersion = DW_SUB_VERSION; | |
7344 } | |
7345 | |
7346 /* | |
7347 * Opens a file dialog and queries user selection. | |
7348 * Parameters: | |
7349 * title: Title bar text for dialog. | |
7350 * defpath: The default path of the open dialog. | |
7351 * ext: Default file extention. | |
7352 * flags: DW_FILE_OPEN or DW_FILE_SAVE. | |
7353 * Returns: | |
7354 * NULL on error. A malloced buffer containing | |
7355 * the file path on success. | |
7356 * | |
7357 */ | |
7358 char * API dw_file_browse(char *title, char *defpath, char *ext, int flags) | |
7359 { | |
7360 FILEDLG fild; | |
7361 HWND hwndFile; | |
7362 int len; | |
7363 | |
7364 if(defpath) | |
7365 strcpy(fild.szFullFile, defpath); | |
7366 else | |
7367 strcpy(fild.szFullFile, ""); | |
7368 | |
7369 len = strlen(fild.szFullFile); | |
7370 | |
7371 if(len) | |
7372 { | |
7373 if(fild.szFullFile[len-1] != '\\') | |
7374 strcat(fild.szFullFile, "\\"); | |
7375 } | |
7376 strcat(fild.szFullFile, "*"); | |
7377 | |
7378 if(ext) | |
7379 { | |
7380 strcat(fild.szFullFile, "."); | |
7381 strcat(fild.szFullFile, ext); | |
7382 } | |
7383 | |
7384 fild.cbSize = sizeof(FILEDLG); | |
7385 fild.fl = /*FDS_HELPBUTTON |*/ FDS_CENTER | FDS_OPEN_DIALOG; | |
7386 fild.pszTitle = title; | |
7387 fild.pszOKButton = ((flags & DW_FILE_SAVE) ? "Save" : "Open"); | |
7388 fild.ulUser = 0L; | |
7389 fild.pfnDlgProc = (PFNWP)WinDefFileDlgProc; | |
7390 fild.lReturn = 0L; | |
7391 fild.lSRC = 0L; | |
7392 fild.hMod = 0; | |
7393 fild.x = 0; | |
7394 fild.y = 0; | |
7395 fild.pszIType = (PSZ)NULL; | |
7396 fild.papszITypeList = (PAPSZ)NULL; | |
7397 fild.pszIDrive = (PSZ)NULL; | |
7398 fild.papszIDriveList= (PAPSZ)NULL; | |
7399 fild.sEAType = (SHORT)0; | |
7400 fild.papszFQFilename= (PAPSZ)NULL; | |
7401 fild.ulFQFCount = 0L; | |
7402 | |
7403 hwndFile = WinFileDlg(HWND_DESKTOP, HWND_DESKTOP, &fild); | |
7404 if(hwndFile) | |
7405 { | |
7406 switch(fild.lReturn) | |
7407 { | |
7408 case DID_OK: | |
7409 return strdup(fild.szFullFile); | |
7410 case DID_CANCEL: | |
7411 return NULL; | |
7412 } | |
7413 } | |
7414 return NULL; | |
7415 } | |
7416 | |
7417 /* Internal function to set drive and directory */ | |
7418 int _SetPath(char *path) | |
7419 { | |
7420 #ifndef __WATCOMC__ | |
7421 if(strlen(path) > 2) | |
7422 { | |
7423 if(path[1] == ':') | |
7424 { | |
7425 char drive = toupper(path[0]); | |
7426 _chdrive((drive - 'A')+1); | |
7427 } | |
7428 } | |
7429 #endif | |
7430 return chdir(path); | |
7431 } | |
7432 | |
7433 /* | |
7434 * Execute and external program in a seperate session. | |
7435 * Parameters: | |
7436 * program: Program name with optional path. | |
7437 * type: Either DW_EXEC_CON or DW_EXEC_GUI. | |
7438 * params: An array of pointers to string arguements. | |
7439 * Returns: | |
7440 * -1 on error. | |
7441 */ | |
7442 int API dw_exec(char *program, int type, char **params) | |
7443 { | |
7444 return spawnvp(P_NOWAIT, program, (const char **)params); | |
7445 } | |
7446 | |
7447 /* | |
7448 * Loads a web browser pointed at the given URL. | |
7449 * Parameters: | |
7450 * url: Uniform resource locator. | |
7451 */ | |
7452 int API dw_browse(char *url) | |
7453 { | |
7454 /* Is there a way to find the webbrowser in Unix? */ | |
7455 char *execargs[3], browser[1024], *olddir, *newurl = NULL; | |
7456 int len, ret; | |
7457 | |
7458 olddir = _getcwd(NULL, 1024); | |
7459 | |
7460 PrfQueryProfileString(HINI_USERPROFILE, "WPURLDEFAULTSETTINGS", | |
7461 "DefaultWorkingDir", NULL, browser, 1024); | |
7462 | |
7463 if(browser[0]) | |
7464 _SetPath(browser); | |
7465 | |
7466 PrfQueryProfileString(HINI_USERPROFILE, "WPURLDEFAULTSETTINGS", | |
7467 "DefaultBrowserExe", NULL, browser, 1024); | |
7468 | |
7469 len = strlen(browser) - strlen("explore.exe"); | |
7470 | |
7471 execargs[0] = browser; | |
7472 execargs[1] = url; | |
7473 execargs[2] = NULL; | |
7474 | |
7475 /* Special case for Web Explorer, it requires file:/// instead | |
7476 * of file:// so I am handling it here. | |
7477 */ | |
7478 if(len > 0) | |
7479 { | |
7480 if(stricmp(&browser[len], "explore.exe") == 0) | |
7481 { | |
7482 int newlen, z; | |
7483 newurl = malloc(strlen(url) + 2); | |
7484 sprintf(newurl, "file:///%s", &url[7]); | |
7485 newlen = strlen(newurl); | |
7486 for(z=8;z<(newlen-8);z++) | |
7487 { | |
7488 if(newurl[z] == '|') | |
7489 newurl[z] = ':'; | |
7490 if(newurl[z] == '/') | |
7491 newurl[z] = '\\'; | |
7492 } | |
7493 execargs[1] = newurl; | |
7494 } | |
7495 } | |
7496 | |
7497 ret = dw_exec(browser, DW_EXEC_GUI, execargs); | |
7498 | |
7499 if(olddir) | |
7500 { | |
7501 _SetPath(olddir); | |
7502 free(olddir); | |
7503 } | |
7504 if(newurl) | |
7505 free(newurl); | |
7506 return ret; | |
7507 } | |
7508 | |
7509 /* | |
7510 * Returns a pointer to a static buffer which containes the | |
7511 * current user directory. Or the root directory (C:\ on | |
7512 * OS/2 and Windows). | |
7513 */ | |
7514 char * API dw_user_dir(void) | |
7515 { | |
7516 static char _user_dir[1024] = ""; | |
7517 | |
7518 if(!_user_dir[0]) | |
7519 { | |
7520 char *home = getenv("HOME"); | |
7521 | |
7522 if(home) | |
7523 strcpy(_user_dir, home); | |
7524 else | |
7525 strcpy(_user_dir, "C:\\"); | |
7526 } | |
7527 return _user_dir; | |
7528 } | |
7529 | |
7530 /* | |
7531 * Call a function from the window (widget)'s context. | |
7532 * Parameters: | |
7533 * handle: Window handle of the widget. | |
7534 * function: Function pointer to be called. | |
7535 * data: Pointer to the data to be passed to the function. | |
7536 */ | |
7537 void API dw_window_function(HWND handle, void *function, void *data) | |
7538 { | |
7539 WinSendMsg(handle, WM_USER, (MPARAM)function, (MPARAM)data); | |
7540 } | |
7541 | |
7542 /* Functions for managing the user data lists that are associated with | |
7543 * a given window handle. Used in dw_window_set_data() and | |
7544 * dw_window_get_data(). | |
7545 */ | |
7546 UserData *_find_userdata(UserData **root, char *varname) | |
7547 { | |
7548 UserData *tmp = *root; | |
7549 | |
7550 while(tmp) | |
7551 { | |
7552 if(stricmp(tmp->varname, varname) == 0) | |
7553 return tmp; | |
7554 tmp = tmp->next; | |
7555 } | |
7556 return NULL; | |
7557 } | |
7558 | |
7559 int _new_userdata(UserData **root, char *varname, void *data) | |
7560 { | |
7561 UserData *new = _find_userdata(root, varname); | |
7562 | |
7563 if(new) | |
7564 { | |
7565 new->data = data; | |
7566 return TRUE; | |
7567 } | |
7568 else | |
7569 { | |
7570 new = malloc(sizeof(UserData)); | |
7571 if(new) | |
7572 { | |
7573 new->varname = strdup(varname); | |
7574 new->data = data; | |
7575 | |
7576 new->next = NULL; | |
7577 | |
7578 if (!*root) | |
7579 *root = new; | |
7580 else | |
7581 { | |
7582 UserData *prev = NULL, *tmp = *root; | |
7583 while(tmp) | |
7584 { | |
7585 prev = tmp; | |
7586 tmp = tmp->next; | |
7587 } | |
7588 if(prev) | |
7589 prev->next = new; | |
7590 else | |
7591 *root = new; | |
7592 } | |
7593 return TRUE; | |
7594 } | |
7595 } | |
7596 return FALSE; | |
7597 } | |
7598 | |
7599 int _remove_userdata(UserData **root, char *varname, int all) | |
7600 { | |
7601 UserData *prev = NULL, *tmp = *root; | |
7602 | |
7603 while(tmp) | |
7604 { | |
7605 if(all || stricmp(tmp->varname, varname) == 0) | |
7606 { | |
7607 if(!prev) | |
7608 { | |
7609 *root = tmp->next; | |
7610 free(tmp->varname); | |
7611 free(tmp); | |
7612 if(!all) | |
7613 return 0; | |
7614 tmp = *root; | |
7615 } | |
7616 else | |
7617 { | |
7618 /* If all is true we should | |
7619 * never get here. | |
7620 */ | |
7621 prev->next = tmp->next; | |
7622 free(tmp->varname); | |
7623 free(tmp); | |
7624 return 0; | |
7625 } | |
7626 } | |
7627 else | |
7628 { | |
7629 prev = tmp; | |
7630 tmp = tmp->next; | |
7631 } | |
7632 } | |
7633 return 0; | |
7634 } | |
7635 | |
7636 /* | |
7637 * Add a named user data item to a window handle. | |
7638 * Parameters: | |
7639 * window: Window handle of signal to be called back. | |
7640 * dataname: A string pointer identifying which signal to be hooked. | |
7641 * data: User data to be passed to the handler function. | |
7642 */ | |
7643 void API dw_window_set_data(HWND window, char *dataname, void *data) | |
7644 { | |
7645 WindowData *blah = (WindowData *)WinQueryWindowPtr(window, QWP_USER); | |
7646 | |
7647 if(!blah) | |
7648 { | |
7649 if(!dataname) | |
7650 return; | |
7651 | |
7652 blah = calloc(1, sizeof(WindowData)); | |
7653 WinSetWindowPtr(window, QWP_USER, blah); | |
7654 } | |
7655 | |
7656 if(data) | |
7657 _new_userdata(&(blah->root), dataname, data); | |
7658 else | |
7659 { | |
7660 if(dataname) | |
7661 _remove_userdata(&(blah->root), dataname, FALSE); | |
7662 else | |
7663 _remove_userdata(&(blah->root), NULL, TRUE); | |
7664 } | |
7665 } | |
7666 | |
7667 /* | |
7668 * Gets a named user data item to a window handle. | |
7669 * Parameters: | |
7670 * window: Window handle of signal to be called back. | |
7671 * dataname: A string pointer identifying which signal to be hooked. | |
7672 * data: User data to be passed to the handler function. | |
7673 */ | |
7674 void *dw_window_get_data(HWND window, char *dataname) | |
7675 { | |
7676 WindowData *blah = (WindowData *)WinQueryWindowPtr(window, QWP_USER); | |
7677 | |
7678 if(blah && blah->root && dataname) | |
7679 { | |
7680 UserData *ud = _find_userdata(&(blah->root), dataname); | |
7681 if(ud) | |
7682 return ud->data; | |
7683 } | |
7684 return NULL; | |
7685 } | |
7686 | |
7687 /* | |
7688 * Add a callback to a timer event. | |
7689 * Parameters: | |
7690 * interval: Milliseconds to delay between calls. | |
7691 * sigfunc: The pointer to the function to be used as the callback. | |
7692 * data: User data to be passed to the handler function. | |
7693 * Returns: | |
7694 * Timer ID for use with dw_timer_disconnect(), 0 on error. | |
7695 */ | |
7696 int API dw_timer_connect(int interval, void *sigfunc, void *data) | |
7697 { | |
7698 if(sigfunc) | |
7699 { | |
7700 int timerid = WinStartTimer(dwhab, NULLHANDLE, timerid, interval); | |
7701 | |
7702 if(timerid) | |
7703 { | |
7704 _new_signal(WM_TIMER, NULLHANDLE, timerid, sigfunc, data); | |
7705 return timerid; | |
7706 } | |
7707 } | |
7708 return 0; | |
7709 } | |
7710 | |
7711 /* | |
7712 * Removes timer callback. | |
7713 * Parameters: | |
7714 * id: Timer ID returned by dw_timer_connect(). | |
7715 */ | |
7716 void API dw_timer_disconnect(int id) | |
7717 { | |
7718 SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root; | |
7719 | |
7720 /* 0 is an invalid timer ID */ | |
7721 if(!id) | |
7722 return; | |
7723 | |
7724 WinStopTimer(dwhab, NULLHANDLE, id); | |
7725 | |
7726 while(tmp) | |
7727 { | |
7728 if(tmp->id == id) | |
7729 { | |
7730 if(prev) | |
7731 { | |
7732 prev->next = tmp->next; | |
7733 free(tmp); | |
7734 tmp = prev->next; | |
7735 } | |
7736 else | |
7737 { | |
7738 Root = tmp->next; | |
7739 free(tmp); | |
7740 tmp = Root; | |
7741 } | |
7742 } | |
7743 else | |
7744 { | |
7745 prev = tmp; | |
7746 tmp = tmp->next; | |
7747 } | |
7748 } | |
7749 } | |
7750 | |
7751 /* | |
7752 * Add a callback to a window event. | |
7753 * Parameters: | |
7754 * window: Window handle of signal to be called back. | |
7755 * signame: A string pointer identifying which signal to be hooked. | |
7756 * sigfunc: The pointer to the function to be used as the callback. | |
7757 * data: User data to be passed to the handler function. | |
7758 */ | |
7759 void API dw_signal_connect(HWND window, char *signame, void *sigfunc, void *data) | |
7760 { | |
7761 ULONG message = 0L; | |
7762 | |
7763 if(strcmp(signame, "lose-focus") == 0) | |
7764 { | |
7765 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
7766 | |
7767 WinQueryClassName(window, 99, tmpbuf); | |
7768 | |
7769 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#2", 3) == 0) | |
7770 { | |
7771 HENUM henum = WinBeginEnumWindows(window); | |
7772 HWND child = WinGetNextWindow(henum); | |
7773 WinEndEnumWindows(henum); | |
7774 if(child) | |
7775 window = child; | |
7776 } | |
7777 } | |
7778 if(window && signame && sigfunc) | |
7779 { | |
7780 if((message = _findsigmessage(signame)) != 0) | |
7781 _new_signal(message, window, 0, sigfunc, data); | |
7782 } | |
7783 } | |
7784 | |
7785 /* | |
7786 * Removes callbacks for a given window with given name. | |
7787 * Parameters: | |
7788 * window: Window handle of callback to be removed. | |
7789 */ | |
7790 void API dw_signal_disconnect_by_name(HWND window, char *signame) | |
7791 { | |
7792 SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root; | |
7793 ULONG message; | |
7794 | |
7795 if(!window || !signame || (message = _findsigmessage(signame)) == 0) | |
7796 return; | |
7797 | |
7798 while(tmp) | |
7799 { | |
7800 if(tmp->window == window && tmp->message == message) | |
7801 { | |
7802 if(prev) | |
7803 { | |
7804 prev->next = tmp->next; | |
7805 free(tmp); | |
7806 tmp = prev->next; | |
7807 } | |
7808 else | |
7809 { | |
7810 Root = tmp->next; | |
7811 free(tmp); | |
7812 tmp = Root; | |
7813 } | |
7814 } | |
7815 else | |
7816 { | |
7817 prev = tmp; | |
7818 tmp = tmp->next; | |
7819 } | |
7820 } | |
7821 } | |
7822 | |
7823 /* | |
7824 * Removes all callbacks for a given window. | |
7825 * Parameters: | |
7826 * window: Window handle of callback to be removed. | |
7827 */ | |
7828 void API dw_signal_disconnect_by_window(HWND window) | |
7829 { | |
7830 SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root; | |
7831 | |
7832 while(tmp) | |
7833 { | |
7834 if(tmp->window == window) | |
7835 { | |
7836 if(prev) | |
7837 { | |
7838 prev->next = tmp->next; | |
7839 free(tmp); | |
7840 tmp = prev->next; | |
7841 } | |
7842 else | |
7843 { | |
7844 Root = tmp->next; | |
7845 free(tmp); | |
7846 tmp = Root; | |
7847 } | |
7848 } | |
7849 else | |
7850 { | |
7851 prev = tmp; | |
7852 tmp = tmp->next; | |
7853 } | |
7854 } | |
7855 } | |
7856 | |
7857 /* | |
7858 * Removes all callbacks for a given window with specified data. | |
7859 * Parameters: | |
7860 * window: Window handle of callback to be removed. | |
7861 * data: Pointer to the data to be compared against. | |
7862 */ | |
7863 void API dw_signal_disconnect_by_data(HWND window, void *data) | |
7864 { | |
7865 SignalHandler *prev = NULL, *tmp = Root; | |
7866 | |
7867 while(tmp) | |
7868 { | |
7869 if(tmp->window == window && tmp->data == data) | |
7870 { | |
7871 if(prev) | |
7872 { | |
7873 prev->next = tmp->next; | |
7874 free(tmp); | |
7875 tmp = prev->next; | |
7876 } | |
7877 else | |
7878 { | |
7879 Root = tmp->next; | |
7880 free(tmp); | |
7881 tmp = Root; | |
7882 } | |
7883 } | |
7884 else | |
7885 { | |
7886 prev = tmp; | |
7887 tmp = tmp->next; | |
7888 } | |
7889 } | |
7890 } | |
7891 | |
7892 |